update from xml

7 files changed, 9022 insertions, 1529 deletions

diff --git a/perl-install/help.pm b/perl-install/help.pm
index eeb588d65..6f6123865 100644
--- a/perl-install/help.pm
+++ b/perl-install/help.pm
@@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ use common;
 sub acceptLicense() {
     N("Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It
 covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the
-terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer.", N("Accept"));
+terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button
+will reboot your computer.", N("Accept"), N("Quit"));
 }
 sub addUser() {
     N("GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own
@@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory
 -- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word
 you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name
 this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override
-the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.
+the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.
 From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is
 not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect
 it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the
@@ -44,11 +45,11 @@ you have finished adding users.
 Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for
 that user (bash by default).
 
-When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user
-that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If
-you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local
-security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".
-If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box.", N("User name"), N("Accept user"), N("Next"), N("Advanced"), N("Next"), N("Do you want to use this feature?"));
+When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who
+can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you
+are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),
+choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are
+not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box.", N("User name"), N("Accept user"), N("Next ->"), N("Advanced"), N("Next ->"), N("Do you want to use this feature?"));
 }
 sub ask_mntpoint_s() {
     N("Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.
@@ -82,9 +83,9 @@ With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means
 \"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.");
 }
 sub chooseCd() {
-    N("The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX
-knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject
-the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required.");
+    N("The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a
+selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current
+CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required.");
 }
 sub choosePackages() {
     N("It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your
@@ -93,17 +94,16 @@ to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of
 similar applications.
 
 Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your
-machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You
-can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.
-You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a
+machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can
+mix and match applications from the various categories, so a
 ``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the
-``Development'' group installed.
+``Development'' category installed.
 
  * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or
-more of the applications that are in the workstation group.
+more of the groups that are in the workstation category.
 
- * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the
-appropriate packages from that group.
+ * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the
+appropriate groups from that category.
 
  * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the
 more common services you wish to install on your machine.
@@ -159,9 +159,9 @@ default during boot. !!
 
 The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears
 whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a
-dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such
-that installation of a package requires that some other program is also
-rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are
+dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such
+that installation of one package requires that some other program is also
+required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are
 required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.
 
 The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a
@@ -174,22 +174,27 @@ create such a floppy.", N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Automatic dependencies"));
 sub configureNetwork() {
     N("You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to
 connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".
-Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If
+Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If
 this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to
 configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"
 button will take you to the next step.
 
 When configuring your network, the available connections options are:
-traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a
-simple LAN connection (Ethernet).
+Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,
+cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).
 
 We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have
 all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.
 from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.
 
+About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems
+that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of
+those modems actually work under Mandrake Linux, some others do not. You
+can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.
+
 You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections
 for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is
-installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.", N("Next"), N("Use auto detection"), N("Cancel"));
+installed and use the program described there to configure your connection.", N("Next ->"), N("Use auto detection"), N("Cancel"));
 }
 sub configurePrinter() {
     N("\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration
@@ -220,13 +225,13 @@ sub configureTimezoneGMT() {
 local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your
 motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting
 \"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the
-hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine
+hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine
 also hosts another operating system like Windows.
 
 The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a
 remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have
 a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located
-near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by
+near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by
 other machines on your local network as well.", N("Hardware clock set to GMT"), N("Automatic time synchronization"));
 }
 sub configureX_card_list() {
@@ -236,9 +241,9 @@ sub configureX_card_list() {
 graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can
 choose from this list the card you actually have installed.
 
-   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or
-without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best
-suits your needs.");
+   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,
+with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that
+best suits your needs.");
 }
 sub configureX_chooser() {
     N("X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface
@@ -252,9 +257,9 @@ an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card
 graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can
 choose from this list the card you actually have installed.
 
-   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or
-without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best
-suits your needs.
+   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,
+with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that
+best suits your needs.
 
 
 
@@ -271,16 +276,18 @@ Resolution
    Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your
 hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to
 change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen
-configuration is shown in the monitor.
+configuration is shown in the monitor picture.
 
 
 
 Test
 
+   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.
+
    the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired
 resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",
 then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it
-means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and
+means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and
 the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the
 menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.
 
@@ -306,11 +313,11 @@ sub configureX_resolution() {
    Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your
 hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to
 change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen
-configuration is shown in the monitor.");
+configuration is shown in the monitor picture.");
 }
 sub configureX_xfree_and_glx() {
-    N("In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or
-without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best
+    N("In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with
+or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best
 suits your needs.");
 }
 sub configureXxdm() {
@@ -349,13 +356,13 @@ a good idea to keep them.
 
  * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes
 all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for
-Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data
-(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT
-partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided
-you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the
-FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this
-option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft
-Windows on the same computer.
+GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and
+data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows
+FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any
+data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.
+Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is
+recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on
+the same computer.
 
    Before choosing this option, please understand that after this
 procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller
@@ -379,12 +386,12 @@ drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very
 easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only
 recommended if you have done something like this before and have some
 experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,
-refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter
-Guide''.", N("Use free space"), N("Use existing partition"), N("Use the free space on the Windows partition"), N("Erase entire disk"), N("Remove Windows"), N("Custom disk partitioning"));
+refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''.", N("Use free space"), N("Use existing partition"), N("Use the free space on the Windows partition"), N("Erase entire disk"), N("Remove Windows"), N("Custom disk partitioning"));
 }
 sub exitInstall() {
     N("There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is
-ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you
+ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to
+remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you
 should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the
 bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.
 
@@ -405,13 +412,10 @@ rewritten, all data is lost.
    This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.
 See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.
 
- * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.
-To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and
-start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux
-defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.
-
-(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type
-\"mformat a:\")", N("Reboot"), N("Advanced"), N("generate auto-install floppy"), N("Replay"), N("Automated"), N("Save packages selection"));
+ * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To
+use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start
+the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux
+defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.", N("Reboot"), N("Advanced"), N("Generate auto-install floppy"), N("Replay"), N("Automated"), N("Save packages selection"));
 }
 sub formatPartitions() {
     N("Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use
@@ -431,26 +435,26 @@ Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on
 the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover
 it.
 
-Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.
+Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.
 
 Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new
 Mandrake Linux operating system installation.
 
 Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for
-bad blocks on the disk.", N("Next"), N("Previous"), N("Advanced"));
+bad blocks on the disk.", N("Next ->"), N("<- Previous"), N("Advanced"));
 }
 sub installUpdates() {
     N("At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some
-packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been
-fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these
+packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have
+been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these
 updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"
 if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to
 install updated packages later.
 
 Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be
-retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree
-will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install
-the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel"));
+retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will
+appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the
+selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort.", N("Yes"), N("No"), N("Yes"), N("Install"), N("Cancel"));
 }
 sub miscellaneous() {
     N("At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired
@@ -459,7 +463,13 @@ higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine
 directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level
 is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.
 
-If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option.");
+If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will
+be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the
+Mandrake Control Center.
+
+The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who
+will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that
+address.", N("Security Administrator"));
 }
 sub partition_with_diskdrake() {
     N("At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the
@@ -495,7 +505,7 @@ work.
  * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was
 originally on the hard drive.
 
- * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and
+ * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and
 unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.
 
  * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your
@@ -531,11 +541,11 @@ If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS
 ``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot
 bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you
 may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for
-emergency boot situations.", N("Clear all"), N("Auto allocate"), N("More"), N("Save partition table"), N("Restore partition table"), N("Rescue partition table"), N("Reload partition table"), N("Removable media automounting"), N("Wizard"), N("Undo"), N("Toggle between normal/expert mode"), N("Done"));
+emergency boot situations.", N("Clear all"), N("Auto allocate"), N("More"), N("Save partition table"), N("Restore partition table"), N("Rescue partition table"), N("Reload partition table"), N("Removable media auto-mounting"), N("Wizard"), N("Undo"), N("Toggle between normal/expert mode"), N("Done"));
 }
 sub resizeFATChoose() {
     N("More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.
-Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new
+Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new
 Mandrake Linux operating system.
 
 Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"
@@ -571,8 +581,8 @@ is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete
 country list.", N("Country / Region"), N("Configure"), N("More"));
 }
 sub selectInstallClass() {
-    N("This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on
-your machine.
+    N("This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been
+found on your machine.
 
 DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade
 of an existing Mandrake Linux system:
@@ -592,14 +602,16 @@ running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior
 to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended.", N("Install"), N("Upgrade"));
 }
 sub selectKeyboard() {
-    N("Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will
-automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,
-you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for
-example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss
-keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find
-yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do
-not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select
-an appropriate keyboard from a list.
+    N("Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically
+select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the
+selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.
+
+Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your
+language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may
+have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,
+you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and
+country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step
+will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.
 
 Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of
 supported keyboards.
@@ -619,19 +631,33 @@ files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will
 host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default
 language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.
 
+About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to
+cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is
+still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it
+or not depending on the user choices:
+
+ * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1
+languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most
+iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;
+
+ * Other languages will use unicode by default;
+
+ * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using
+the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;
+
+ * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by
+selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been
+chosen.
+
 Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You
 may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"
 box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell
-checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the
-\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note
-however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different
-languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be
-installed anyway.
+checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.
 
 To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can
 launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the
 language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user
-will only change the language settings for that particular user.", N("Advanced"), N("Espanol"), N("All languages"), N("Use Unicode by default"));
+will only change the language settings for that particular user.", N("Advanced"), N("Espanol"), N("Use Unicode by default"), N("All languages"));
 }
 sub selectMouse() {
     N("Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your
@@ -641,6 +667,11 @@ two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and
 right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses
 a PS/2, serial or USB interface.
 
+In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse
+that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can
+simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your
+mouse up and down.
+
 If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it
 from the list provided.
 
@@ -657,7 +688,7 @@ pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll
 the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the
 on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the
 buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your
-mouse.", N("Next"));
+mouse.", N("with Wheel emulation"), N("Next ->"));
 }
 sub selectSerialPort() {
     N("Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under
@@ -669,7 +700,7 @@ system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system
 administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,
 change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can
 do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to
-guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you
+guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you
 can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you
 against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other
 operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and
@@ -698,15 +729,15 @@ services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which
 one to use, you should ask your network administrator.
 
 If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer
-will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust
-everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\".", N("Advanced"), N("authentication"), N("No password"));
+will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody
+who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\".", N("Advanced"), N("authentication"), N("No password"));
 }
 sub setupBootloader() {
     N("This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:
 
  * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:
 
-    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).
+    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).
 
     * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.
 
@@ -720,13 +751,21 @@ you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive
 given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the
 default.
 
-!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting
+ * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power
+management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and
+you need it, check this box.
+
+ * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,
+instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by
+checking this box.
+
+!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting
 \"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux
 system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the
 options. !!
 
 Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which
-are normally reserved for the expert user.", N("Bootloader to use"), N("GRUB"), N("LILO with text menu"), N("LILO with graphical menu"), N("Boot device"), N("/dev/hda"), N("/dev/hdb"), N("/dev/fd0"), N("Delay before booting the default image"), N("Skip"), N("Advanced"));
+are normally reserved for the expert user.", N("Bootloader to use"), N("GRUB"), N("LILO with text menu"), N("LILO with graphical menu"), N("Boot device"), N("/dev/hda"), N("/dev/hdb"), N("/dev/fd0"), N("Delay before booting the default image"), N("Enable ACPI"), N("Force no APIC"), N("Skip"), N("Advanced"));
 }
 sub setupBootloaderAddEntry() {
     N("After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of
@@ -742,26 +781,27 @@ You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to
 anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the
 corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the
 bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other
-operating systems!", N("Add"), N("Modify"), N("Remove"), N("OK"));
+operating systems!", N("Add"), N("Modify"), N("Remove"), N("Next->"));
 }
 sub setupBootloaderBeginner() {
-    N("LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally
+    N("LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally
 automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to
 what it finds there:
 
- * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO
-boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another
-OS.
+ * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO
+boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any
+other OS installed on your machine.
 
- * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new
+ * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new
 one.
 
 If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the
-bootloader.");
+bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"
+won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing.", N("First sector of drive (MBR)"), N("Skip"));
 }
 sub setupDefaultSpooler() {
     N("Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may
-offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system
+offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems
 is best suited to particular types of configuration.
 
  * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice
@@ -774,7 +814,7 @@ experience with GNU/Linux.
  * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for
 printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is
 simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient
-\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems
+\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems
 which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup
 is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make
 sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical
@@ -825,10 +865,10 @@ assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button
 emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.
 The following are some examples:
 
-         video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111
+   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111
 hda=autotune
 
-         video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111
+   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111
 
  * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before
 the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency
@@ -854,7 +894,7 @@ sub setupYabootGeneral() {
     N("Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to
 boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly
 detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you
-can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct
+can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct
 parameters.
 
 Yaboot's main options are:
@@ -895,7 +935,7 @@ the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to
 be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.
 Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.
 
- * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if
+ * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if
 necessary.
 
  * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this
@@ -932,7 +972,7 @@ configure it manually.
 here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the
 card.
 
- * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access
+ * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access
 now.
 
  * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a
@@ -952,8 +992,8 @@ idea to review this setup.", N("Configure"), N("Keyboard"), N("Country / Region"
 }
 sub takeOverHdChoose() {
     N("Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new
-Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition
-will be lost and will not be recoverable!");
+Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost
+and will not be recoverable!");
 }
 sub takeOverHdConfirm() {
     N("Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on
@@ -961,6 +1001,6 @@ this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able
 to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including
 any Windows data.
 
-Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and
-partitions present on this hard drive.", N("Next"), N("Next"), N("Previous"));
+Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions
+present on this hard drive.", N("Next ->"), N("Next ->"), N("<- Previous"));
 }
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
index db0f0cf4a..062ca8842 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
@@ -5,6 +5,156 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
+"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
+"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
+"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
+"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
+"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
+"choice after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
+"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, wo auf Ihrer/n Festplatte(n) Ihr Mandrake Linux\n"
+"System installiert werden soll. Sofern alles leer ist bzw. ein\n"
+"Betriebssystem alles belegt, müssen die Platte(n) neu partitioniert werden.\n"
+"Prinzipiell besteht das Partitionieren der Platte(n) darin, den\n"
+"Plattenplatz so aufzuteilen, dass Ihr Mandrake Linux darauf installiert\n"
+"werden kann.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da dieser Schritt normalerweise irreversibel ist, kann das Partitionieren\n"
+"für unerfahrene Anwender unangenehm und stressig sein. Dieser Assistent\n"
+"kann Ihnen diesen Schritt abnehmen. Lesen Sie dennoch vor Beginn im\n"
+"Handbuch die entsprechenden Passagen und lassen Sie sich Zeit mit der\n"
+"Entscheidung.\n"
+"\n"
+"Abhängig vom aktuellen Zustand Ihrer Platte(n) haben Sie verschiedene\n"
+"Alternativen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Dies führt einfach dazu, dass Ihre leere(n) Festplatte(n)\n"
+"automatisch partitioniert werden; Sie müssen sich also um nichts weiter\n"
+"kümmern.(*)\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Der Assistent hat eine oder mehrere existierende Linux Partitionen\n"
+"auf Ihrer Platte gefunden. Wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche, falls Sie sie\n"
+"behalten wollen. Sie werden dann gebeten, die Einhängpunkte der Partitionen\n"
+"anzugeben. Als Vorgabe erhalten Sie die Einhängpunkte der gefundenen\n"
+"Distribution, normalerweise ist es nicht nötig diese zu ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls der gesamte Plattenplatz aktuell für Microsoft Windows(TM)\n"
+"verschwendet ist, müssen Sie für GNU/Linux Platz schaffen. Um dies zu\n"
+"erreichen, können Sie entweder Ihre Microsoft Windows(TM) Partition(en)\n"
+"samt Daten löschen (siehe „Komplette Platte löschen“) oder Ihre Microsoft\n"
+"Windows NTFS oder FAT Partition verkleinern. Letzteres geht ohne\n"
+"Datenverlust, vorausgesetzt Sie haben ihre Windows Partition(en) vorher\n"
+"defragmentiert. Dennoch sollten Sie vor diesem Schritt eine Sicherungskopie\n"
+"Ihrer Daten auf einem anderem Medium als der zu verändernden Festplatte\n"
+"vornehmen. Sie sollten diese Variante wählen, falls Sie beide\n"
+"Betriebssysteme (Microsoft Windows und Mandrake Linux) nebeneinander nutzen\n"
+"wollen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Bevor Sie sich für diese Variante entscheiden, sei hier noch einmal\n"
+"betont, dass das bedeutet, Sie haben weniger Platz für Microsoft Windows\n"
+"als momentan.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie alle Daten Ihrer Platte verlieren, und sie durch Ihr\n"
+"neues Mandrake Linux System ersetzen wollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche.\n"
+"Beachten Sie, dass dieser Schritt nicht rückgängig gemacht werden kann.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n"
+"gelöscht! !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Bei dieser Variante werden alle Windows Partitionen gelöscht und\n"
+"die Platte(n) komplett neu partitioniert.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Wenn Sie diese Variante wählen, werden alle Ihre Daten auf der Platte\n"
+"gelöscht! !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wenn Sie Ihre Festplatte selbst von Hand partitionieren wollen,\n"
+"dann können Sie diese Option wählen. Seien Sie bitte sehr sorgfältig, wenn\n"
+"Sie diese Lösung wählen, da Sie zwar alle möglichen Einstellungen\n"
+"vornehmen, aber gleichzeitig auch sehr leicht Daten verlieren können. Diese\n"
+"Option ist nur geeignet, wenn Sie wissen, was Sie tun. Um zu erfahren, wie\n"
+"Sie DiskDrake verwenden können, lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel „Ihre\n"
+"Partitionen verwalten“ im „Starter Handbuch“\n"
+"\n"
+"(*) In Deutschland ist es quasi unmöglich, Komplettrechner mit leeren\n"
+"Festplatten zu erhalten, da laut Gesetz nur Rechner mit BS verkauft werden\n"
+"dürfen. Diese Regelung stammt noch aus der Zeit, als Politiker nur\n"
+"proprietäre kommerzielle BSe kannten und sich nicht vorstellen konnten,\n"
+"dass es freie und sogar kostenlose Alternativen gibt. Jeder Käufer eines\n"
+"Komplettrechners ohne BS wurde quasi mit einem Raubkopierer von Produkten\n"
+"aus Redmond gleichgesetzt."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Auflösung\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können hier Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihre Hardware wählen.\n"
+"Entscheiden Sie sich, welche Variante Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht\n"
+"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern). Sie\n"
+"können sich einen Eindruck anhand des abgebildeten Monitors bilden."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
 "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
 "to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
@@ -36,11 +186,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
 "that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user\n"
-"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
-"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
-"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n"
-"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
+"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
+"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
+"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux ist ein Mehrbenutzer-System, das bedeutet konkret jedes\n"
 "Benutzerkennzeichen hat eigene Präferenzen (Grafische Umgebung,\n"
@@ -85,6 +235,1398 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+msgstr ""
+"yaboot ist ein BS-Starter für NewWorld MacIntosh Rechner. Er kann sowohl\n"
+"GNU/Linux als auch MacOS oder MacOS X starten, falls diese auf Ihrem\n"
+"Rechner installiert sind. Normalerweise werden diese Betriebssysteme alle\n"
+"automatisch gefunden und eingebunden. Sollte dies nicht der Fall sein,\n"
+"können Sie diese hier manuell hinzufügen. Stellen Sie jedoch sicher, die\n"
+"richtigen Parameter zu verwenden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Hauptparameter von yaboot sind:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Ein Text, der vor der Eingabeaufforderung angezeigt wird.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Hiermit wird angegeben, wohin die Informationen zum Starten Ihres\n"
+"GNU/Linux Systems geschrieben werden sollen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Im Gegensatz zu LILO, stehen mit yaboot zwei Verzögerungen zur\n"
+"Verfügung. Die erste Verzögerung wird in Sekunden angegeben und dient zur\n"
+"Auswahl zwischen CD, OF Boot, MacOS oder Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Diese Verzögerung entspricht der LILO Start-Verzögerung. Sie haben\n"
+"nach der Auswahl von GNU/Linux diese Verzögerung (in 0,1 Sekunden\n"
+"Schritten) Zeit, bis der Standardkern geladen wird.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an der ersten\n"
+"Eingabeaufforderung [C] für den Start von CD zu wählen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Markieren dieses Punkts erlaubt es Ihnen an der ersten\n"
+"Eingabeaufforderung [N] für den Open Firmware Start zu wählen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Hiermit stellen Sie ein, welches Betriebssystem nach Ablauf der\n"
+"Open Firmware Verzögerung automatisch gestartet werden soll."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
+"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
+"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
+"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
+"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
+"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
+"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Schritt wird nur aufgerufen, wenn mindestens eine GNU/Linux\n"
+"Partition auf Ihren Festplatten gefunden wird.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX fragt Sie nun nach der gewünschten Installationsart. Sie haben die\n"
+"Wahl zwischen einer Aktualisierung einer bereits vorhandenen Mandrake\n"
+"Linux-Version oder einer kompletten Neuinstallation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Entfernt komplett ältere Versionen von Mandrake Linux, die noch\n"
+"installiert sind - um genau zu sein, können Sie je nach aktuellem Inhalt\n"
+"Ihrer Platte auch einige ältere Linux- oder anderweitige Partitionen\n"
+"unangetastet behalten.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Mit dieser Variante können Sie eine existierende Mandrake Linux\n"
+"Version aktualisieren. Die Partitionstabellen sowie die persönlichen\n"
+"Verzeichnisse der Anwender bleiben erhalten. Alle anderen\n"
+"Installationsschritte werden wie bei einer Installation ausgeführt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Aktualisierungen von Mandrake Linux „8.1“ oder neueren Systemen sollten\n"
+"problemlos funktionieren. Ältere Versionen von Mandrake Linux sollten Sie\n"
+"nicht zu aktualisieren versuchen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
+"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
+"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
+"install updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist sehr wahrscheinlich, dass zum Zeitpunkt Ihrer Mandrake Linux\n"
+"Installation bereits einige Pakete aktualisiert wurden, etwa da noch Fehler\n"
+"entdeckt und beseitigt wurden oder da in Paketen Sicherheitslücken entdeckt\n"
+"wurden, für die bereits Lösungen existieren. Um von diesen aktualisierten\n"
+"Paketen Gebrauch zu machen, wird Ihnen nun angeboten, diese aus dem\n"
+"Internet nachzuladen. Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie einen\n"
+"Internetzugang haben, um die Pakete zu installieren, andernfalls betätigen\n"
+"Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Sie können diese Pakete natürlich auch jederzeit\n"
+"nach der Installation noch installieren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ zeigt Ihnen eine Liste von Servern, von\n"
+"denen Sie die Aktualisierungen herunterladen können. Wählen Sie einen in\n"
+"Ihrer Nähe. Sie erhalten dann einen Paketauswahldialog: Kontrollieren Sie\n"
+"die Auswahl und bestätigen Sie diese durch Betätigen von „%s“. Die Pakete\n"
+"werden nun angefordert und installiert. Sollten Sie das nicht wünschen,\n"
+"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche „%s“."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX bietet Ihnen einen Dialog mit verschiedenen Auswahlmöglichkeiten.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Hier erhalten Sie drei Alternativen:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: Falls Sie GRUB (Textmenü) bevorzugen.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: Falls Sie LILO mit Textmenü als Ihren Favoriten ansehen.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: Falls Sie LILO mit seiner grafischen Oberfläche bevorzugen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Normalerweise müssen Sie hier nichts ändern („%s“), Sie könnten\n"
+"jedoch den Starter auch auf der zweiten Platte installieren, („%s“) oder\n"
+"sogar auf einer Diskette („%s“).\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wenn Sie Ihren Rechner neu starten erhalten Sie im Menü der zur\n"
+"Verfügung stehenden BSe eine gewisse Zeit um auszuwählen, was Sie starten\n"
+"möchten. Sollten Sie während dieser Zeit keine Wahl getroffen haben, wird\n"
+"Ihr Standard-BS gestartet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: ACPI ist ein neuer Standard für die Energieverwaltung (im Jahr\n"
+"2002 eingeführt), ursprünglich für Laptops vorgesehen. Falls Sie wissen,\n"
+"dass Ihre Hardware dieses Protokoll unterstützt, markieren Sie einfach\n"
+"dieses Feld.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie Hardwareprobleme bei Ihrem Rechner haben (IRQ Konflikte,\n"
+"Instabilitäten, Stehenbleiben des kompletten Systems, ...) sollten Sie\n"
+"versuchen, APIC zu deaktivieren, indem Sie diese Markierung löschen.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Machen Sie sich klar, dass Sie sich selbst darum kümmern müssen,\n"
+"irgendwie Ihr Mandrake Linux-System zu starten, wenn Sie hier keinen\n"
+"Betriebssystemstarter installieren (durch Auswahl von „%s“). Stellen Sie\n"
+"auch sicher, dass Sie wissen was Sie tun, wenn Sie hier Einstellungen\n"
+"verändern ... !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Durch wählen der Schaltfläche „%s“ erhalten Sie etliche Optionen, die dem\n"
+"fortgeschrittenen Anwender vorbehalten bleiben."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Es wurde mehr als eine Windows-Partition gefunden. Wählen Sie bitte, welche\n"
+"Sie verkleinern wollen, um Platz für Ihr neues Mandrake Linux zu schaffen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Partitionen werden folgendermaßen aufgelistet: „Linux-Name“,\n"
+"„Windows-Name“, „Kapazität“.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Linux-Name“ hat folgende Struktur: „Festplattentyp“, „Festplattennummer“,\n"
+"„Partitionsnummer“ (etwa „hda1“).\n"
+"\n"
+"„Festplattentyp“ ist „hd“, falls Ihre Platte eine IDE/ATAPI-Platte ist, und\n"
+"„sd“, wenn es sich um eine SCSI-Platte handelt.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Festplattennummer“ ist immer der Buchstabe hinter dem Festplattentyp. Bei\n"
+"IDE-Platten bedeutet:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „a“ ist „Master-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „b“ ist „Slave-Platte am primären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „c“ ist „Master-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „d“ ist „Slave-Platte am sekundären IDE-Controller“;\n"
+"\n"
+"Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n"
+"„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"„Windows-Name“ ist der Buchstabe, den die Partition (vermutlich) unter\n"
+"Windows erhalten würde (die erste Partition der ersten Platte heißt „C:“)."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
+"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (das X Window System) ist das Herz der grafischen Benutzeroberfläche von\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Es bildet die Grundlage für die Vielzahl grafischer\n"
+"Benutzerumgebungen, die Mandrake Linux Ihnen anbietet (wie etwa KDE, GNOME,\n"
+"AfterStep oder WindowMaker). Auch hier wird DrakX die Konfiguration soweit\n"
+"wie möglich selbstständig vollziehen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie erhalten eine Liste möglicher Parameter, mit deren Hilfe Sie die\n"
+"Grafikausgabe ändern können:\n"
+"\n"
+"Grafikkarte\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihre Grafikkarte und richtet sie\n"
+"entsprechend ein. Sollten dabei Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier\n"
+"aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit\n"
+"und ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n"
+"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihren Monitor. Sollten dabei\n"
+"Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell\n"
+"auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Auflösung\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können hier Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihre Hardware wählen.\n"
+"Entscheiden Sie sich, welche Variante Ihren Wünschen am ehesten entspricht\n"
+"(Sie können diese Angaben natürlich nach der Installation noch ändern). Sie\n"
+"können sich einen Eindruck anhand des abgebildeten Monitors bilden.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Je nach Hardware erscheint dieser Eintrag nicht.\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX versucht eine Testbild mit denen von Ihnen gewünschten\n"
+"Einstellungen zu öffnen. Falls Sie während des Tests einen Dialog sehen, in\n"
+"dem Sie gefragt werden, ob sie die getroffenen Einstellungen behalten\n"
+"wollen, antworten Sie mit „%s“, damit DrakX mit dem nächsten\n"
+"Installationsschritt fortfährt. Sollten Sie die Nachricht nicht sehen,\n"
+"bedeutet das, dass eine oder mehrere getroffene Einstellungen nicht korrekt\n"
+"sind. Nach 12 Sekunden sollten Sie wieder das Installationsmenü sehen. Sie\n"
+"können nun die Einstellungen ändern, bis Sie das Testbild sehen.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Optionen\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n"
+"aktivieren. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n"
+"Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n"
+"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren. Wählen Sie\n"
+"„%s“, um die grafische Umgebung vorzufinden."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
+"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
+"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
+"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
+"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
+"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
+"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
+"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
+"printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
+"Center and clicking the expert button."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie das Drucksystem für Ihren Rechner wählen. Andere\n"
+"Betriebssysteme bieten Ihnen nur eines, bei Mandrake Linux können Sie\n"
+"zwischen zwei verschiedenen wählen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ - Es steht für „print, don't queue“ (engl. für „Drucken ohne\n"
+"Warteschlange“). Falls Sie einen Drucker haben, der direkt an Ihrem Rechner\n"
+"hängt und Sie keine Netzwerkdrucker verwenden wollen, ist dies das\n"
+"Drucksystem Ihrer Wahl. Es kann zwar auch mit Netzwerkdruckern umgehen, ist\n"
+"dabei aber extrem langsam. Wählen Sie „pdq“, wenn Sie ein GNU/Linux Neuling\n"
+"sind.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ - Mit dem „Common Unix Printing System“ (engl. für „Allgemeines\n"
+"Unix-Drucksystem“) können Sie ebenso gut um auf Ihrem direkt\n"
+"angeschlossenen Drucker drucken, wie auf einem Drucker, der an einem Server\n"
+"auf der anderen Seite der Welt hängt. Es ist einfach zu bedienen und kann\n"
+"sowohl als Server als auch als Klient für das alte „lpd“-Drucksystem\n"
+"verwendet werden - Es ist somit rückwärtskompatibel. Es ist sehr mächtig,\n"
+"in seiner Grundeinstellung verhält es sich jedoch genau wie „pdq“. Wenn Sie\n"
+"einen „lpd“ Server benötigen, müssen Sie einfach nur den „cups-lpd“ Dämon\n"
+"starten. CUPS bietet grafische Konfigurations- und Druckmenüs.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie können diese Wahl später immer wieder ändern, indem Sie PrinterDrake im\n"
+"Mandrake-Kontrollzentrum starten und dort die Schaltfläche „%s“ betätigen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
+"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun ist es Zeit sich zu entscheiden, welche Programme Sie auf Ihrem Rechner\n"
+"installieren wollen. Es gibt tausende von Paketen für Mandrake Linux, und\n"
+"Sie müssen sie nicht alle auswendig kennen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Pakete sind nach ihrer Verwendung in vier Kategorien eingeteilt. Sie\n"
+"können Pakete aus verschiedenen Kategorien nach Belieben mischen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Ihr Rechner als Arbeitsplatzrechner verwendet werden soll,\n"
+"markieren Sie eine oder mehrere Gruppen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie mit Ihrem Rechner programmieren wollen, sollten Sie\n"
+"diese Gruppe markieren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wenn Ihre Maschine ein Server werden soll, können Sie hier die\n"
+"wichtigsten Dienste auswählen, die auf Ihren Rechner installiert werden\n"
+"sollen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte grafische Arbeitsoberfläche. Wenn\n"
+"Sie eine grafische Oberfläche verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie hier\n"
+"zumindest eine Gruppe auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie die Maus über eine Gruppe bewegen, erhalten Sie einen kurzen\n"
+"erklärenden Text über die Gruppe. Falls Sie bei einer Installation alle\n"
+"Markierungen entfernen, erscheint ein Dialog, in dem Sie zwischen\n"
+"verschiedenen Minimalinstallationen wählen können:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ Installiert eine rudimentäre grafische Oberfläche;\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ Installiert das Basissystem zuzüglich grundlegender Werkzeuge\n"
+"inklusive deren Dokumentation. Dies ist die sinnvollste Wahl für eine\n"
+"Serverinstallation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“ Sie erhalten eine komplett „nackte“ 65MB große\n"
+"GNU/Linux-Distribution (speziell auch ohne urpmi!). Es versteht sich von\n"
+"selbst, dass das nur eine Kommandozeileninstallation sein kann.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“ anwählen, erhalten Sie die Möglichkeit, eine\n"
+"„%s“ durchzuführen. Das macht nur Sinn, wenn Sie die Pakete genau kennen\n"
+"oder wenn Sie volle Kontrolle darüber haben wollen, was installiert werden\n"
+"soll.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haben Sie die Installation als „%s“ gestartet, können Sie die Markierungen\n"
+"aller Gruppen entfernen, um die Installation neuer Pakete zu vermeiden.\n"
+"Hierdurch werden nur bereits installierte Pakete aktualisiert oder\n"
+"repariert."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+msgstr ""
+"Da die Mandrake Linux-Distribution stetig wächst, wurde sie in mehrere\n"
+"CD-ROMs unterteilt. Es kann daher vorkommen, dass DrakX Pakete von anderen,\n"
+"als der Installations-CD-ROM installieren will. In diesem Fall wird es die\n"
+"aktuelle CD auswerfen und nach einer anderen fragen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
+"connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
+"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
+"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können nun das »root« Passwort für Ihr Mandrake Linux System eingeben.\n"
+"\n"
+"»root« ist das Benutzerkennzeichen des Systemadministrators. Er ist der\n"
+"einzige der berechtigt ist, neue Software zu installieren, Systemdateien zu\n"
+"ändern oder neue Benutzerkennzeichen anzulegen. Kurz gesagt: »root« darf\n"
+"alles! Wählen Sie deshalb das Passwort sehr sorgfältig aus! Unberechtigter\n"
+"Zugang zu diesem Kennzeichen ist extrem gefährlich für die Integrität Ihres\n"
+"Systems und der darauf enthaltenen Daten. Daher müssen Sie auch ein\n"
+"Passwort auswählen, was nicht leicht zu erraten ist; DrakX teilt Ihnen mit,\n"
+"wenn das Passwort zu einfach ist. Sie sehen, dass es auch möglich ist, kein\n"
+"Passwort zu vergeben. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch dringend davon ab! Glauben Sie\n"
+"nicht, dass nur, weil Sie GNU/Linux geladen haben, Ihre anderen\n"
+"Betriebssysteme vor Fehlern sicher sind. »root« hat keine Beschränkungen.\n"
+"Er könnte beispielsweise unbeabsichtigt erweise alle Daten auf allen\n"
+"Partitionen löschen, weil er unvorsichtigerweise auf die Partitionen selber\n"
+"zugegriffen hat!\n"
+"\n"
+"Das Passwort sollte eine Mischung aus alphanumerischen Zeichen sein und\n"
+"mindestens acht Zeichen lang. Es sollte niemals irgendwo aufgeschrieben\n"
+"werden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Machen Sie das Passwort aber nicht zu lang oder zu kompliziert: Sie sollten\n"
+"es sich ohne großen Aufwand merken können.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie müssen das Passwort zweimal eingeben - ein Tippfehler beim ersten\n"
+"Versuch könnte sonst zu einem Problem werden, da Sie anschließend das\n"
+"„falsche“ Passwort bei der Verbindung mit dem System eingeben müssten.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie wollen, dass der Zugang zu diesem Rechner über einen\n"
+"Authentifizierungsserver verwaltet wird, betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche\n"
+"„%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls in Ihrem Netzwerk LDAP, NIS oder PDC zur Authentifizierung verwendet\n"
+"wird, wählen Sie bitte den entsprechenden Menüpunkt. Falls Sie nicht\n"
+"wissen, welches Protokoll Sie verwenden, fragen Sie Ihren\n"
+"Netzwerkadministrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie Probleme haben, sich Passwörter zu merken, können Sie die Option\n"
+"„%s“ wählen. Dennoch müssen wir Ihnen von dieser Möglichkeit abraten.\n"
+"Besonders wenn Sie mit Ihrem Rechner ständig oder auch nur zeitweise mit\n"
+"dem Internet verbunden sind."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, wenn Sie alle Partitionen und die\n"
+"darauf befindlichen Daten löschen wollen. Bedenken Sie, dass Sie nach\n"
+"betätigen der Schaltfläche auch an die möglicherweise noch vorhandenen\n"
+"Windows-Daten nicht mehr gelangen werden!\n"
+"\n"
+"Wählen Sie „%s“, um die Aktion ohne Datenverlust abzubrechen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
+"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Schlussendlich erhalten Sie (falls Sie sich für „%s“ entschieden haben)\n"
+"eine Baumliste aller Pakete die zu den von Ihnen gewünschten Gruppen\n"
+"gehören. Diese Pakete sind nach Gruppen und Untergruppen klassifiziert.\n"
+"Beim Durchstöbern des Baums, können Sie Gruppen, Untergruppen oder einzelne\n"
+"Pakete markieren oder deren Markierung entfernen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sobald Sie ein Paket auswählen, erscheint rechts eine kurze Beschreibung.\n"
+"Sobald Sie die Auswahl abgeschlossen haben, bestätigen Sie das durch\n"
+"Drücken der Schaltfläche „%s“. Nun beginnt die eigentliche Installation.\n"
+"Falls Sie eine Vielzahl von Paketen installieren wollen, können Sie nun\n"
+"getrost einen Kaffee trinken gehen.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Es kommt vor, dass Server- und Dienst-Pakete angewählt wurden - entweder\n"
+"absichtlich, oder als Paket einer ganzen Gruppe; sollte das der Fall sein,\n"
+"werden Sie nun gefragt, ob Sie diese wirklich installiert haben wollen.\n"
+"Unter Mandrake Linux werden installierte Server und Dienste automatisch\n"
+"beim Betriebssystemstart gestartet. Selbst wenn zum Zeitpunkt, als die\n"
+"Distribution zusammengestellt wurde, keine Sicherheitslücken oder Fehler in\n"
+"diesen Paketen bekannt waren, ist natürlich nicht auszuschließen, dass\n"
+"später solche Fehler gefunden werden. Sollten Sie also nicht wissen, wovon\n"
+"hier die Rede ist, wählen Sie sicherheitshalber lieber „%s“. Falls Sie mit\n"
+"„%s“ antworten, werden die Dienste und Server installiert und stehen Ihnen\n"
+"nach der Installation standardmäßig zur Verfügung. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Option „%s“ unterdrückt nur die Warnungen, die erscheinen, wenn das\n"
+"Installationsprogramm Pakete automatisch markiert, um Paketabhängigkeiten\n"
+"aufzulösen, wenn Sie ein Paket auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Das kleine Diskettensymbol am unteren Rand der Liste ermöglicht es Ihnen,\n"
+"die während einer vorangegangenen Installation gespeicherte Paketauswahl\n"
+"erneut zu verwenden. Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche öffnen Sie einen\n"
+"Dialog, der Sie auffordert, die Diskette einzulegen, die die Auswahl der\n"
+"früheren Installation enthält. Um zu erfahren, wie Sie diese Diskette\n"
+"erstellen, lesen Sie bitte den zweiten Tipp des vorangegangenen\n"
+"Installationsschrittes."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO und GRUB sind Betriebssystemstarter für GNU/Linux. Diese\n"
+"Installationsphase läuft in den meisten Fällen völlig automatisch ab. DrakX\n"
+"analysiert den Bootsektor und ergreift dann die passenden Maßnahmen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Findet DrakX einen Windows-Bootsektor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen GRUB-\n"
+"oder LILO-Bootsektor. Sie erhalten dadurch die Möglichkeit, beim\n"
+"Systemstart zwischen Windows (bzw. anderen Betriebssystemen, sofern\n"
+"vorhanden) und GNU/Linux auszuwählen;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Findet DrakX einen Linux-Bootsektor vor, ersetzt es ihn durch einen\n"
+"neuen;\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls DrakX nicht weiß, wo der Betriebssystemstarter installiert werden\n"
+"soll, wird es Sie um Ihre Meinung bitten. Normalerweise sollte die\n"
+"Installation auf dem „%s“ erfolgen. Durch Auswahl von „%s“ wird überhaupt\n"
+"kein Starter installiert. Verwenden Sie diese Möglichkeit nur, wenn Sie\n"
+"genau wissen was Sie tun."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX versucht nun alle IDE Festplatten Ihres Systems zu finden. Unter\n"
+"Anderem sucht DrakX auch nach PCI-SCSI-Karten, die es kennt, um sie\n"
+"automatisch mit dem richtigen Treiber einzubinden.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls DrakX nicht weiß, welcher Treiber funktioniert, werden Sie gebeten,\n"
+"DrakX zu helfen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie die PCI-SCSI-Karte selbst angegeben haben, wird DrakX Sie\n"
+"fragen, ob Sie weitere Parameter angeben wollen. Sie sollten DrakX\n"
+"erlauben, die kartenspezifischen Informationen selbst zu finden. In den\n"
+"meisten Fällen wird DrakX diesen Schritt ohne Ihre Hilfe bewerkstelligen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls DrakX nicht in der Lage ist, die Parameter selbst zu finden, die dem\n"
+"Modul zu übergeben sind, müssen Sie diese angeben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie können die benötigten Informationen etwa unter Windows (sofern das auf\n"
+"Ihren Rechner installiert ist) finden, aus den Handbüchern, die sie mit dem\n"
+"Adapter erhalten haben oder von den Web-Seiten des Hardware-Anbieters\n"
+"(sofern Sie einen WWW-Zugang haben)."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
+"partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können weitere yaboot Einträge angeben, etwa für andere\n"
+"Betriebssysteme, alternative Kerne oder ein Rettungssystem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Für ein anderes BS können Sie nur einen Namen und die Start-Partition\n"
+"angeben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Für Linux gibt es einige Parameter:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Es handelt sich um den Namen, den Sie an der yaboot\n"
+"Eingabeaufforderung angeben müssen, um diese Alternative zu wählen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Der Name des BS-Kerns, den sie starten wollen. Normalerweise\n"
+"handelt es sich um „vmlinuz“ oder eine Variante von „vmlinuz“ mit einer\n"
+"Versionsnummer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel „/“ Ihrer Linux Installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Auf Apple Hardware, wird die Übergabemöglichkeit weiterer\n"
+"Kernparameter häufig verwendet, um die Grafikausgabe richtig zu\n"
+"konfigurieren oder die Tastaturemulation der Mausknöpfe einzuschalten, da\n"
+"klassische Apple-Mäuse von Hause aus mit 2 fehlenden Maustasten\n"
+"ausgeliefert werden. Hier einige Beispiele:\n"
+"\n"
+"   video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Dieser Parameter kann entweder verwendet werden, um beim\n"
+"Betriebssystemstart bereits zusätzliche Kern-Module zur Verfügung zu haben,\n"
+"ohne dass das Start-Gerät zur Verfügung steht oder um ein RamDisk Abbild\n"
+"für den BS-Start in Notfällen zur Verfügung zu haben.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Standardmäßig ist eine RamDisk 4096 KB groß. Sollten Sie eine\n"
+"größere RamDisk benötigen, können Sie das mit diesem Parameter einstellen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Normalerweise wird die Verzeichnisbaumwurzel zuerst im\n"
+"Nur-Lese-Modus eingehängt, um eine Dateisystem-Verifikation durchführen zu\n"
+"können, bevor das Betriebssystem seinen Dienst aufnimmt. Diesen Umstand\n"
+"können Sie hier abstellen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sollte sich die Apple Grafik-Hardware als extrem problematisch\n"
+"erweisen, können Sie diesen Parameter verwenden um im sog. „novideo“-Modus,\n"
+"also im FrameBuffer-Modus zu starten.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Wählt diesen Eintrag als Standard Linux-Kern, den Sie durch\n"
+"Drücken von Enter an der yaboot Eingabeaufforderung gestartet bekommen.\n"
+"Wenn Sie die [Tab]-Taste an der Eingabeaufforderung drücken, erhalten Sie\n"
+"eine Liste der verfügbaren Alternativen. Der Standardeintrag wird mit einem\n"
+"Stern „*“ markiert."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie Ihre bevorzugte Sprache für den Installationsvorgang und\n"
+"Systemlaufzeit. Wählen Sie zuerst die Region, in der Sie sich befinden,\n"
+"anschließend die Sprache, die Sie sprechen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Durch Betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ erhalten Sie die Möglichkeit, weitere\n"
+"Sprachen auf Ihrem Rechner zu installieren, um diese später verwenden zu\n"
+"können. Wollen Sie etwa Spaniern muttersprachlichen Zugang zu Ihrem System\n"
+"erlauben, wählen Sie Deutsch als Hauptsprache in der Liste und im\n"
+"Fortgeschrittenen-Bereich „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Über UTF-8 (Unicode) Unterstützung: Unicode ist ein Zeichenkodierung, die\n"
+"die existierenden Kodierungen ablösen soll und die Zeichen aller\n"
+"existierender Sprachen beinhalten. Komplette Unterstützung in GNU/Linux ist\n"
+"leider immer noch nicht gegeben. Daher verwendet Mandrake Linux diese\n"
+"Kodierung je nach Wahl des Anwenders:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Falls Sie eine Sprache nutzen, die eine gut unterstütztes Kodierung\n"
+"verwendet (Sprachen mit Lateinischen Zeichen, Russisch, Griechisch,\n"
+"Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch, Thailändisch), wird standardmäßig das\n"
+"klassische Kodierung beibehalten;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Alle anderen Sprachen verwenden standardmäßig Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Fall Sie zwei oder mehr Sprachen verwenden wollen, die unterschiedliche\n"
+"klassische Kodierungen verwenden, wird ebenfalls Unicode verwendet;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Schlussendlich kann Unicode vom Anwender auch für Sprachen mit\n"
+"klassischer Kodierung ausgewählt werden, indem er den Punkt „%s“ markiert.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie sind nicht auf eine weitere Sprache begrenzt. Sie können so viele\n"
+"auswählen, wie Sie wollen, ja sogar alle, indem Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
+"verwenden. Das Auswählen einer Sprache beeinflusst die installierten\n"
+"Übersetzungen der Programme, Schriften, Rechtschreibkorrekturen, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um die Spracheinstellungen des ganzen Systems zwischen verschiedenen\n"
+"Sprachen umzuschalten, starten Sie einfach „/usr/sbin/localedrake“ unter\n"
+"dem privilegierten Kennzeichen „root“. Wollen Sie die Einstellungen nur für\n"
+"ein Kennzeichen ändern starten Sie den selben Befehl mit eben diesem\n"
+"Kennzeichen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n"
+"angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n"
+"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem Sie die allgemeinen BS-Starter Parameter eingestellt haben,\n"
+"bekommen Sie die Liste möglicher Betriebssystemalternativen für das\n"
+"Startmenü gezeigt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollte sich auf Ihrem Rechner bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem befinden,\n"
+"so wird dieses - sofern es erkannt wird - automatisch zu dem Startmenü\n"
+"hinzugefügt. Hier können Sie noch einige Feineinstellungen für die\n"
+"bestehenden Optionen vornehmen. Markieren Sie einen bestehenden Eintrag und\n"
+"betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, um ihn anzupassen oder zu löschen;\n"
+"„%s“ erzeugt einen neuen Eintrag; „%s“ löcht den markierten Eintrag und\n"
+"„%s“ bringt Sie zum nächsten Installationsschritt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Möglicherweise wollen Sie auch nicht, dass andere Anwender Zugriff auf die\n"
+"übrigen installierten Betriebssysteme bekommen. In diesem Fall können Sie\n"
+"die jeweiligen Einträge entfernen, Sie müssen jedoch selbst für\n"
+"Startdisketten sorgen, um diese Systeme erreichen zu können!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bitte wählen Sie die Festplatte, die Sie löschen wollen, um Ihr neues\n"
+"Mandrake Linux zu installieren. Bedenken Sie dabei, dass alle Daten auf\n"
+"dieser Platte nach diesem Schritt unwiederbringlich verloren sind!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
+"similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n"
+"Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n"
+"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n"
+"während der Installation angebotenen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Optionen\n"
+"\n"
+"   Sie können direkt bei Betriebssystemstart die grafische Umgebung\n"
+"aktivieren. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ wird in eine reine\n"
+"Textumgebung gestartet. Das ist sinnvoll für Server oder wenn Sie bei dem\n"
+"Versuch die grafische Umgebung zu konfigurieren erfolglos waren. Wählen Sie\n"
+"„%s“, um die grafische Umgebung vorzufinden."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie bitte den richtigen Anschluss. So ist etwa der unter Windows\n"
+"„COM1“ genannte Anschluss in GNU/Linux unter „ttyS0“ erreichbar."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun ist es an der Zeit, die gewünschte Sicherheitsebene für Ihr System\n"
+"festzulegen. Als Faustregel sollte hier dienen: Je zugänglicher die\n"
+"Maschine ist und je kritischer die auf ihr gesicherten Daten sind, desto\n"
+"höher sollte die Sicherheitsebene sein. Andererseits geht die gewonnene\n"
+"Sicherheit zulasten der Benutzerfreundlichkeit und Einfachheit, mit der\n"
+"gewisse Befehle/Abläufe durchgeführt werden können.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie sich an dieser Stelle nicht sicher sein, so behalten Sie die\n"
+"Standardeinstellung bei. Sie können die Ebene später noch mittels draksec\n"
+"im Mandrake Control Center anpassen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Das Feld „%s“ dient dazu, dem System mitzuteilen, wer für die Sicherheit\n"
+"dieses Rechners verantwortlich ist. An dieses Kennzeichen/diese E-Mail\n"
+"Adresse werden sicherheitsrelevante Informationen per E-Mail versandt."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun bekommen Sie eine Zusammenfassung verschiedener Informationen Ihres\n"
+"Systems. Je nach vorhandener Hardware sehen Sie hier (oder eben nicht) die\n"
+"folgende Einträge. Jeder Eintrag besteht aus einem konfigurierbaren Gerät\n"
+"gefolgt vom dessen aktuellen Zustand. Durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
+"können Sie diesen ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die aktuelle Tastaturvorgabe und wählen Sie die\n"
+"Schaltfläche, falls Sie die Vorgabe ändern wollen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie sich\n"
+"befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n"
+"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, die\n"
+"Sie gezeigt bekommen, können Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine\n"
+"vollständigere Liste erzwingen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: DrakX versucht die Zeitzone anhand des gewählten Staates zu\n"
+"setzen. Sollte diese Auswahl nicht korrekt sein (manche Staaten etwa\n"
+"überspannen mehrere Zeitzonen) können Sie durch betätige der Schaltfläche\n"
+"„%s“ Ihre lokale Zeitzone setzen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Kontrollieren Sie die konfigurierte Maus und betätigen Sie, falls\n"
+"notwendig, die Schaltfläche.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ startet den Druckerassistenten.\n"
+"Weitere Informationen zu diesem Assistenten erhalten Sie im Drucker-Kapitel\n"
+"des „Starter Handbuch“. Das dort vorgestellte Programm entspricht dem\n"
+"während der Installation angebotenen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls eine Soundkarte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie\n"
+"hier angezeigt. Sollte die von DrakX getroffene Auswahl nicht korrekt sein,\n"
+"betätigen Sie einfach die Schaltfläche, um sie zu korrigieren.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: DrakX richtet Ihre Grafikumgebung normalerweise in der Auflösung\n"
+"„800×600“ bzw. „1024×768“ ein. Sollte Ihnen das nicht zusagen, können Sie\n"
+"es durch betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“ ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls eine TV-Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie hier\n"
+"angezeigt. Falls Sie eine TV-Karte besitzen, die hier nicht richtig erkannt\n"
+"wurde, können Sie versuchen, diese manuell einzurichten. Betätigen Sie\n"
+"einfach die Schaltfläche „%s“.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls eine ISDN Karte in Ihrem Rechner gefunden wurde, wird sie\n"
+"hier angezeigt. Durch Anwahl der Schaltfläche „%s“ können Sie die Parameter\n"
+"ändern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Internetzugang oder Ihr lokales Netzwerk nun\n"
+"einrichten wollen, können Sie das hier tun.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Dieser Eintrag ermöglicht es Ihnen, die Sicherheitsebene Ihres\n"
+"Systems zu ändern, die Sie in einem früheren Installationsschritt ()\n"
+"gewählt haben.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie Ihren Rechner mit dem Internet verbinden wollen, ist es\n"
+"sinnvoll sich vor ungebetenen Eindringlingen durch einrichten einer\n"
+"Firewall zu schützen. Lesen Sie das entsprechende Kapitel im „Starter\n"
+"Handbuch“, wenn Sie weitere Informationen benötigen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Falls Sie die Konfiguration Ihres Betriebssystemstarters ändern wollen,\n"
+"wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Es sei angemerkt, dass dieser Punkt sich an\n"
+"fortgeschrittenere Nutzer richtet.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Sie können hier die Dienste wählen, die ab dem Start von Mandrake Linux\n"
+"zur Verfügung gestellt werden sollen. Wollen Sie den Rechner als Server\n"
+"verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt einen Blick auf diese Liste werfen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit und\n"
+"ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n"
+"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
+"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
+"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
+"mouse up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
+"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
+"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
+"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
+"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
+"mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX versucht normalerweise die Anzahl Tasten Ihrer Maus zu erkennen.\n"
+"Sollte das nicht möglich sein, so behandelt es Ihre Maus als\n"
+"Zwei-Tasten-Maus und emuliert die mittlere Taste. Die mittlere Taste kann\n"
+"dann durch gleichzeitiges Drücken der rechten und Linken Taste simuliert\n"
+"werden. Üblicherweise erkennt DrakX korrekt, ob es sich um eine serielle,\n"
+"eine PS/2- oder um eine USB-Maus handelt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollte dies nicht Ihren Vorstellungen entsprechen: Wählen Sie einfach Ihren\n"
+"Maustyp aus der Liste, die Ihnen angezeigt wird.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie einen anderen Maustyp gewählt haben, als DrakX Ihnen vorschlug,\n"
+"können Sie die Funktionstüchtigkeit Ihrer Maus im angezeigten Dialog\n"
+"überprüfen. Verwenden Sie auch die Knöpfe und gegebenenfalls das Mausrad,\n"
+"um sicherzustellen, dass die festgelegten Einstellungen funktionieren.\n"
+"Falls nicht, drücken Sie die [Leertaste] oder die Eingabetaste, um zurück\n"
+"zum Auswahlmenü zu gelangen und suchen Sie einen anderen Treiber aus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Es kommt vor, dass Mäuse mit Rädern nicht korrekt erkannt werden. Wählen\n"
+"Sie in diesem Fall die richtige Maus aus der vorgegebenen Liste. Stellen\n"
+"Sie sicher, dass Sie auch den Anschluss richtig angegeben haben. Nach\n"
+"betätigen der Schaltfläche „%s“, wird Ihnen ein Bild der gewählten Maus\n"
+"gezeigt. Bewegen Sie Räder und Tasten, um sicherzustellen, dass die Maus\n"
+"richtig erkannt wurde."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
+"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
+"those modems actually work under Mandrake Linux, some others do not. You\n"
+"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
+"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
+"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie Ihren Computer mit dem Internet oder mit einem lokalen Netzwerk\n"
+"verbinden wollen, dann betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Bitte schalten\n"
+"Sie jedoch zuvor, falls nötig, die dafür benötigten Geräte ein, damit\n"
+"„DrakX“ sie automatisch erkennen kann. Sollte die automatische Erkennung\n"
+"nicht korrekt erfolgen, können Sie es erneut versuchen, nachdem Sie die\n"
+"Markierung der Option „%s“ entfernt haben. Betätigung der Schaltfläche „%s“\n"
+"bringt Sie weiter zum nächsten Installationsschritt ohne Ihr Netzwerk\n"
+"einzurichten.\n"
+"\n"
+"Zur Auswahl stehen folgende Verbindungsarten: Herkömmliches Modem, ISDN\n"
+"Modem, ADSL Verbindung, Kabelmodem oder eine einfache LAN Verbindung\n"
+"(Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"Wir wollen hier nicht weiter ins Detail gehen, nur soviel: Stellen Sie\n"
+"sicher, dass Sie die nötigen Parameter von Ihrem Internet-Anbieter oder\n"
+"Systemadministrator erhalten haben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Verwendung von Winmodems Winmodems sind eigentlich keine Modems, die den\n"
+"Namen verdienen, da sie die CPU Ihres Rechners benötigen, um funktionieren\n"
+"zu können, was die Rechenleistung für anderen Prozesse vermindert. Einige\n"
+"dieser Modems können Sie mittlerweile unter Mandrake Linux zum\n"
+"Funktionieren bewegen, die Mehrzahl jedoch nicht. Unter LinModems finden\n"
+"Sie eine Liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Weitere Einzelheiten, die hier bereits hilfreich sein können, erhalten Sie\n"
+"im „Starter Handbuch“. Falls Sie unsicher sind, warten Sie ab, bis die\n"
+"Installation beendet ist und verwenden Sie danach das beschriebene\n"
+"Programm, um Ihre Verbindung einzurichten."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafikkarte\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihre Grafikkarte und richtet sie\n"
+"entsprechend ein. Sollten dabei Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier\n"
+"aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell auswählen.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Falls für Ihre Karte verschiedene Server zur Verfügung stehen, etwa mit\n"
+"und ohne 3D-Beschleunigung, werden Sie gebeten, den zu wählen, der Ihren\n"
+"Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
 "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
 "terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
@@ -99,6 +1641,88 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+msgstr ""
+"Als nächstes können Sie die Dienste auswählen, die während des\n"
+"Betriebssystemstarts aktiviert werden sollen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Hier werden alle Dienste, die nach der aktuellen Installation zum BS-Start\n"
+"zur Verfügung stehen, angezeigt. Lesen Sie diese Liste sorgfältig durch und\n"
+"markieren Sie nur die Dienste, die Sie immer ab dem BS-Start zur Verfügung\n"
+"haben wollen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie einen Dienst anwählen, erhalten Sie eine kurze Erklärung dazu.\n"
+"Wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, ob ein Dienst bzw. Server sinnvoll ist oder\n"
+"nicht, verändern Sie am Besten die voreingestellten Markierungen nicht.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Sollten Sie Ihren Rechner als Server verwenden wollen, so müssen Sie an\n"
+"dieser Stelle besonders vorsichtig sein: wählen Sie alle Dienste ab, die\n"
+"Sie nicht benötigen. Denken Sie daran, dass etliche Dienste eine\n"
+"potentielle Einbruchstelle in das System von außen darstellen, wenn diese\n"
+"im Serverbetrieb laufen. Also, nur die Dienste einschalten, die Sie\n"
+"wirklich brauchen! !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   DrakX erkennt normalerweise automatisch Ihren Monitor. Sollten dabei\n"
+"Probleme auftreten, können Sie in der hier aufgeführten Liste Ihr Modell\n"
+"auswählen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux arbeitet mit GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) und übersetzt diese anhand\n"
+"der Zeitzone in Ihre lokale Zeit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Da Microsoft Windows(TM) nicht sinnvoll mit der universellen Zeit umgehen\n"
+"kann, müssen Sie „Nein“ wählen, falls Sie noch ein Betriebssystem aus dem\n"
+"Hause Microsoft auf Ihrem Rechner „beherbergen“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Verwendung der Option „%s“ reguliert Ihre Uhr, indem sie Verbindung mit\n"
+"einem Zeitserver im Internet aufnimmt. Wählen Sie aus der Liste einen\n"
+"Server in Ihrer Nähe. Damit die funktioniert benötigen Sie eine ständige\n"
+"Internetverbindung."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
@@ -160,3 +1784,323 @@ msgstr ""
 "Bei SCSI-Platten steht „a“ für „niedrigste SCSI-ID“, „b“ für\n"
 "„zweitniedrigste SCSI-ID“, etc."
 
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list."
+msgstr ""
+"„%s“: Kontrollieren Sie, ob die Auswahl des Staates, in dem Sie sich\n"
+"befinden korrekt ist. Falls nicht, betätigen Sie bitte die Schaltfläche\n"
+"„%s“ und wählen Sie den richtigen. Ist Ihr Staat nicht in der Liste, die\n"
+"Sie gezeigt bekommen, können Sie über die Schaltfläche „%s“ eine\n"
+"vollständigere Liste erzwingen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle Partitionen, die gerade neu erzeugt wurden, müssen formatiert werden\n"
+"(d.h. es muss ein Dateisystem auf der Partition erstellt werden), bevor sie\n"
+"verwendet werden können.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sie erhalten hier auch die Möglichkeit bereits existierende Partitionen neu\n"
+"zu formatieren, um die darauf vorhandenen Daten zu löschen. Markieren Sie\n"
+"diese einfach ebenfalls in der Liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Es sei angemerkt, dass nicht alle Partitionen neu formatiert werden müssen.\n"
+"Sie sollten normalerweise nur die Partitionen neu formatieren, die\n"
+"Systemdateien, jedoch keine Privatdaten enthalten (etwa „/“, „/usr“ oder\n"
+"„/var“). Partitionen wie etwa „/home“ sollten Sie normalerweise nicht neu\n"
+"formatieren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Seien Sie sorgfältig bei der Auswahl der Partitionen. Nach dem Formatieren\n"
+"sind alle zuvor darauf existierenden Daten unwiederbringlich verloren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie alle Einstellungen vorgenommen haben, betätigen Sie die\n"
+"Schaltfläche „%s“, um mit dem Formatieren der Partitionen zu beginnen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Betätigen Sie „%s“, wenn Sie eine andere Partition für Ihr neues Mandrake\n"
+"Linux vorgesehen haben.\n"
+"\n"
+"Betätigen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“, falls Sie Partitionen auf defekte\n"
+"Blöcke untersuchen wollen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
+"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sucht aufgrund Ihrer Sprachauswahl das für Sie passende\n"
+"Tastaturlayout aus.\n"
+"\n"
+"Möglicherweise haben Sie jedoch eine Tastatur, die nicht dieser Einstellung\n"
+"entspricht: wenn Sie beispielsweise in der Schweiz eine deutsche Tastatur\n"
+"verwenden wollen oder wenn Sie in Québec (dem französischsprachigen Teil\n"
+"Kanadas) eine französischsprachige Tastatur besitzen. Wählen Sie einfach\n"
+"ein passendes Layout aus der Liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie eine andere als die zur gewählten Sprache gehörende Tastatur\n"
+"verwenden wollen, wählen Sie die Schaltfläche „%s“. Sie erhalten dann eine\n"
+"Liste aller unterstützten Tastaturen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Sollten Sie sich für ein Tastaturlayout einer nicht lateinischen Sprache\n"
+"entschieden haben, werden Sie im nächsten Schritt gefragt, mit welcher\n"
+"Tastenkombination Sie zwischen dem von Ihnen gewählten und dem lateinischen\n"
+"Layout umschalten wollen."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
+"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
+"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
+"the installation you just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
+"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
+"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
+"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+msgstr ""
+"Nun ist es soweit, die Installation ist abgeschlossen und Ihr neues\n"
+"Betriebssystem sollte einsatzbereit sein. Bei einem Neustart können Sie\n"
+"zwischen den auf Ihrer Platte installierten Betriebssystemen auswählen.\n"
+"Klicken Sie nur noch auf „%s“ und das System wird neu gestartet.\n"
+"\n"
+"Die Schaltfläche „%s“ liefert zwei weitere Schaltflächen:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Hiermit können Sie eine Installationsdiskette erstellen, mit deren\n"
+"Hilfe Sie eine identische automatische Installation ohne Interaktion eines\n"
+"Administrators durchzuführen können.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Es gibt zwei verschiedene Alternativen, nachdem Sie diese Schaltfläche\n"
+"aktiviert haben:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: Diese Installation ist nur teilweise automatisch, da der\n"
+"Partitionierungsschritt (aber nur dieser!) immer noch interaktiv vonstatten\n"
+"geht.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * „%s“: Vollautomatische Installation: Die Festplatte wird vollständig\n"
+"reorganisiert. Alle darauf vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!\n"
+"\n"
+"   Diese Funktion ist besonders nützlich, wenn man eine Menge von\n"
+"identischer Rechner einrichten will. Weitere Informationen erhalten Sie\n"
+"auch auf der Seite Auto install\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sie speichern damit die Paketauswahl, die Sie vorher getroffen\n"
+"haben. Wenn Sie später eine erneute Installation vornehmen wollen, legen\n"
+"Sie einfach die Diskette ins Laufwerk und starten Sie die Installation\n"
+"mittels [F1] an der ersten Eingabeaufforderung. Geben Sie dann »linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\"« ein."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie müssen nun entscheiden, auf welche(n) Partition(en) Ihr neues Mandrake\n"
+"Linux System installiert werden soll. Falls bereits Partitionen existieren\n"
+"(etwa von einer früheren Installation von GNU/Linux oder durch das Erzeugen\n"
+"mit einem anderen Partitionierungswerkzeug), können Sie diese verwenden.\n"
+"Anderenfalls müssen Sie Partitionen definieren.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um Partitionen zu erzeugen müssen Sie erst eine Festplatte wählen. Sie\n"
+"können die Platte wählen in dem Sie „hda“ für die erste IDE-Platte wählen,\n"
+"„sda“ für die erste SCSI-Platte, usw.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um die gewählte Platte zu partitionieren stehen folgende Möglichkeiten zur\n"
+"Verfügung:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Betätigen dieser Schaltfläche löscht alle Partitionen auf der\n"
+"markierten Festplatte.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Dieser Punkt aktiviert die automatische ext3- und\n"
+"Swap-Partitionen-Erstellung im ungenutzten Bereich Ihrer Festplatte.\n"
+"\n"
+"„%s“: bietet Zugriff auf weitere Möglichkeiten:\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sie können hiermit Ihre aktuelle Partitionstabelle auf Diskette\n"
+"speichern.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie eine vorher auf Diskette\n"
+"gesicherte Partitionstabelle wieder herstellen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Sollte Ihre Partitionstabelle zerstört worden sein, können Sie\n"
+"versuchen, mit dieser Schaltfläche eine Restaurierung vorzunehmen. Seien\n"
+"Sie vorsichtig! Es ist nicht unwahrscheinlich, dass dieser Versuch fehl\n"
+"schlägt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Alle Änderungen verwerfen und mit der ursprünglichen\n"
+"Partitionstabelle neu beginnen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Entfernen dieser Markierung führt dazu, dass die Anwender\n"
+"hinterher die Wechselmedien manuell ein- und aushängen müssen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Falls Sie keine Ahnung haben wie Sie die Festplatte partitionieren\n"
+"sollen, wählen Sie diese Schaltfläche. Sie überlassen damit die gesamte\n"
+"Arbeit unserem Assistenten, der mittels „Abra Kadabra“(TM) Ihre Platte\n"
+"partitioniert.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Mit dieser Schaltfläche können Sie alle Einstellungen rückgängig\n"
+"machen.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Anbieten bzw. Maskieren von Zusatzmöglichkeiten.\n"
+"\n"
+" * „%s“: Nachdem Sie das Partitionieren Ihrer Festplatte beendet haben,\n"
+"aktivieren Sie diese Schaltfläche, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn Sie die Größe einer Partition festlegen wollen, können Sie die\n"
+"Feineinstellungen mit den Rechts- / Links-Pfeiltasten Ihrer Tastatur\n"
+"vornehmen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Information: Sie können alle Einstellungen per Tastatur vornehmen. Mittels\n"
+"[Tab] und den Hoch-/Runter-Pfeiltasten können Sie sich bewegen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wenn eine Partition ausgewählt ist, können Sie mittels:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Strg-C - eine neue Partition erstellen (wenn Sie auf einer leeren\n"
+"Partition sind)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Strg-D - die Partition löschen\n"
+"\n"
+" * Strg-M - den Einhängpunkt festlegen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Um mehr Informationen über die verschiedenen Dateisystemtypen zu erhalten,\n"
+"lesen Sie bitte das Kapitel ext2FS in der „Referenz“.\n"
+"\n"
+"Falls Sie die Installation auf einem PPC-Rechner vornehmen, sollten Sie\n"
+"eine mindestens 1MB, große HFS Start-Partition für den\n"
+"Betriebssystemstarter yaboot erstellen. Wenn Sie diese Partition etwas\n"
+"größer dimensionieren, etwa 50MB, haben Sie einen geeigneten Platz, um\n"
+"einen Rettungskern samt RamDisk abzulegen, um in Notfällen starten zu\n"
+"können."
+
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
index 5bc8dadc7..8586fccda 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
@@ -5,96 +5,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
-msgstr ""
-"\"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n"
-"muestra aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n"
-"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n"
-"otro controlador."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
-"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
-"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-msgstr ""
-"Si le dijo al instalador que deseaba seleccionar los paquetes individuales,\n"
-"el mismo presentará un árbol que contiene todos los paquetes clasificados\n"
-"por grupos y subgrupos. Mientras navega por el árbol puede seleccionar\n"
-"grupos enteros, subgrupos, o paquetes individuales.\n"
-"\n"
-"Tan pronto como selecciona un paquete en el árbol, aparece una descripción\n"
-"del mismo sobre la derecha que le permite conocer el propósito del paquete.\n"
-"\n"
-"Es muy probable que la gran mayoría de las descripciones de los paquetes\n"
-"estén en inglés.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor ya sea porque Usted\n"
-"seleccionó específicamente el paquete individual o porque el mismo era\n"
-"parte de un grupo de paquetes, se le pedirá que confirme que realmente\n"
-"desea que se instalen esos servidores. Bajo Mandrake Linux, cualquier\n"
-"servidor instalado se inicia de manera predeterminada al momento del\n"
-"arranque. Aunque estos son seguros y no tienen problemas conocidos al\n"
-"momento en que se publicó la distribución, es posible que se descubran\n"
-"vulnerabilidades en la seguridad luego que se terminó con esta versión de\n"
-"Mandrake Linux. En particular, si no sabe que es lo que se supone que hace\n"
-"un servicio o la razón por la cual se está instalando, entonces haga clic\n"
-"sobre \"%s\". Si hace clic sobre \"%s\" se instalarán todos los servicios\n"
-"listados y de manera predeterminada los mismos arrancarán automáticamente.\n"
-"!!\n"
-"\n"
-"La opción \"%s\" simplemente deshabilita el diálogo de advertencia que\n"
-"aparece cuando el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete para\n"
-"resolver un problema de dependencias. Algunos paquetes tienen relaciones\n"
-"entre ellos tales que la instalación de un paquete necesita que algún otro\n"
-"programa ya esté instalado. El instalador puede determinar qué paquetes se\n"
-"necesitan para satisfacer una dependencia para completar la instalación de\n"
-"manera satisfactoria.\n"
-"\n"
-"El pequeño icono del disquete al final de la lista le permite cargar la\n"
-"lista de paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Esto es útil si\n"
-"Usted tiene una cantidad de máquinas que desea configurar de manera\n"
-"idéntica. Haga clic sobre este icono y se le pedirá que inserte un disquete\n"
-"creado con anterioridad al final de otra instalación. Vea el segundo\n"
-"consejo del último paso para información sobre como crear dicho disquete."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
 "Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
 "if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
@@ -199,8 +109,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": si desea borrar todos los datos y todas las particiones\n"
 "presentes en su disco rígido y reemplazarlos con su nuevo sistema Mandrake\n"
-"Linux, elija esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución ya que no podrá\n"
-"revertir su elección después de confirmarla.\n"
+"Linux, seleccione esta opción. Tenga cuidado con esta solución ya que no\n"
+"podrá revertir su elección después de confirmarla.\n"
 "\n"
 "   !! Si elige esta opción, se perderán todos los datos en su disco. !!\n"
 "\n"
@@ -220,157 +130,174 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
-"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
+"Resolution\n"
 "\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
 msgstr ""
-"DrakX primero detectará cualquier dispositivo IDE presente en su\n"
-"computadora. También buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si\n"
-"se encuentra una tarjeta SCSI, DrakX instalará automáticamente el\n"
-"controlador apropiado.\n"
-"\n"
-"Debido a que la detección de hardware no es a prueba de errores, DrakX\n"
-"puede no detectar sus discos rígidos. De ser así, Usted tendrá que\n"
-"especificar su hardware manualmente.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si tuviese que especificar su adaptador SCSI PCI manualmente, DrakX le\n"
-"preguntará si desea configurar opciones para el mismo. Debería permitir a\n"
-"DrakX sondear el hardware en busca de las opciones específicas de la\n"
-"tarjeta que son necesarias para inicializar el adaptador. La mayoría de las\n"
-"veces, DrakX saldrá adelante en este paso sin problema alguno.\n"
+"Resolución\n"
 "\n"
-"Si DrakX no puede sondear las opciones para determinar automáticamente qué\n"
-"parámetros debe pasar al hardware, Usted deberá configurar manualmente el\n"
-"controlador."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
-"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-msgstr ""
-"La instalación de Mandrake Linux se distribuye en varios CD-ROM. Si un\n"
-"paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD-ROM, DrakX expulsará el CD\n"
-"corriente y le pedirá que inserte el CD correcto según sea necesario."
+"   Aquí puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n"
+"para su hardware. Seleccione la que mejor se ajuste a sus necesidades\n"
+"(tenga presente que eso se puede cambiar luego de la instalación) En la\n"
+"imagen del monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
+"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
+"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
+"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
+"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
+"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
+"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
+"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
+"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
+"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
+"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
+"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
 "\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
+"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
+"ones at risk.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
+"you have finished adding users.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
-"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
+"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
+"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
+"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n"
+"puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y así\n"
+"sucesivamente. Puede leer la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para aprender más. Pero,\n"
+"a diferencia de \"root\", que es el administrador del sistema, los usuarios\n"
+"que agregue en este punto no estarán autorizados a cambiar nada excepto su\n"
+"configuración y sus archivos propios, protegiendo al sistema contra cambios\n"
+"no intencionales o maliciosos que pueden impactar al sistema como un todo.\n"
+"Tendrá que crear al menos un usuario no privilegiado para Usted mismo - esa\n"
+"cuenta es la que debería utilizar para el uso rutinario diario. Aunque es\n"
+"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" para hacer cualquier cosa y de todo,\n"
+"¡también puede ser muy peligroso! Un error podría significar que su sistema\n"
+"deje de funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado,\n"
+"sólo puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no afectar a todo el\n"
+"sistema.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
-"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
-"interface available.\n"
+"El primer campo le pide un nombre real. Por supuesto, esto no es\n"
+"obligatorio - en realidad, puede ingresar lo que desee. DrakX usará la\n"
+"primer palabra que ingresó y la copiará al campo \"%s\", que es el nombre\n"
+"que este usuario en particular usará para ingresar al sistema. Si lo desea,\n"
+"puede omitir lo predeterminado y cambiar el nombre de usuario. El próximo\n"
+"paso es ingresar una contraseña. La contraseña de un usuario no\n"
+"privilegiado (regular) no es tan crucial como la de \"root\" desde el punto\n"
+"de vista de la seguridad, pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla o\n"
+"hacerla muy simple: después de todo, son sus archivos los que podrían estar\n"
+"en peligro.\n"
 "\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"Una vez que hace clic sobre \"%s\", puede agregar otros usuarios. Agregue\n"
+"un usuario para cada uno de sus amigos: por ejemplo su padre o su hermana.\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando haya terminado de agregar todos los usuarios\n"
+"que desee.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"Hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" le permite cambiar el \"shell\"\n"
+"predeterminado para ese usuario (bash, por defecto)\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
-"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"Cuando haya finalizado de añadir todos los usuarios se le propone elegir un\n"
+"usuario para conectarse automáticamente en el sistema cuando arranca la\n"
+"computadora. Si está interesado en esta característica (y no le importa\n"
+"mucho la seguridad local), elija el usuario y administrador de ventanas\n"
+"deseado. Si no está interesado en esta característica, quite la marca de la\n"
+"casilla \"%s\". Haga clic sobre \"%s\" una vez que seleccionó su\n"
+"preferencia."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
-"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
 "\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-msgstr ""
-"Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n"
-"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandrake Linux, y para\n"
-"hacer más simple el manejo de los paquetes, los mismos se han puesto en\n"
-"grupos de aplicaciones similares.\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
 "\n"
-"Los paquetes se clasifican en grupos que corresponden a un uso particular\n"
-"de su máquina. Mandrake Linux clasifica los grupos de paquetes en cuatro\n"
-"categorías. Puede mezclar. Puede mezclar y hacer coincidir aplicaciones de\n"
-"varias categorías, por lo que una instalación de \"Estación de trabajo\"\n"
-"puede tener instaladas aplicaciones de la categoría \"Desarrollo\".\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina como una estación de trabajo,\n"
-"seleccione una o más aplicaciones de la categoría estación de trabajo.\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina para programar, elija los\n"
-"paquetes apropiados de esa categoría.\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": si pretende usar la máquina como un servidor, seleccione cuáles\n"
-"de los servicios más comunes desea instalar en su máquina.\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": aquí es donde seleccionará su entorno gráfico preferido. Si\n"
-"desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, debe seleccionar al menos uno.\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+msgstr ""
+"Yaboot es un cargador de arranque para el hardware NewWorld MacIntosh. El\n"
+"mismo puede arrancar o GNU/Linux, o MacOS o MacOSX si se encuentran en su\n"
+"computadora. Normalmente, estos sistemas operativos se detectan e instalan\n"
+"correctamente. Si este no es el caso, puede agregar una entrada a mano en\n"
+"esta pantalla. Tenga cuidado de elegir los parámetros correctos.\n"
 "\n"
-"Si mueve el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de un grupo se mostrará un\n"
-"pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo. Si deselecciona todos los\n"
-"grupos cuando está realizando una instalación regular (es decir, no una\n"
-"actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que propone opciones diferentes para\n"
-"una instalación mínima:\n"
+"Las opciones principales de Yaboot son:\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n"
-"escritorio gráfico que funcione.\n"
+" * Mensaje de Init: un mensaje de texto simple que se muestra antes del\n"
+"prompt de arranque.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": instala el sistema base más algunos utilitarios básicos y la\n"
-"documentación de los mismos. Esta instalación es adecuada para configurar\n"
-"un servidor.\n"
+" * Dispositivo de arranque: indica donde desea colocar la información\n"
+"necesaria para arrancar en GNU/Linux. Generalmente, se configura una\n"
+"partición bootstrap con anterioridad para contener esta información.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": instalará el mínimo necesario estricto para obtener un sistema\n"
-"Linux que funciona. Con esta instalación sólo tendrá una interfaz de línea\n"
-"de comandos. Esta instalación ocupa alrededor de 65 MB.\n"
+" * Demora de Open Firmware: a diferencia de LILO, hay dos demoras\n"
+"disponibles con Yaboot. La primera se mide en segundos y aquí puede elegir\n"
+"entre CD, arranque OF, MacOS o Linux.\n"
 "\n"
-"Puede marcar la casilla \"%s\" que es útil si está familiarizado con los\n"
-"paquetes que se ofrecen, o si desea tener un control total sobre lo que se\n"
-"instalará.\n"
+" * Demora de arranque del núcleo: esta demora es similar a la demora de\n"
+"arranque de LILO. Luego de seleccionar Linux, tendrá esta demora en décimas\n"
+"de segundo antes que se seleccione su descripción del núcleo\n"
+"predeterminada.\n"
 "\n"
-"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"%s\" puede deseleccionar todos los\n"
-"grupos para evitar instalar cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil para\n"
-"reparar o actualizar un sistema existente."
+" * ¿Habilitar arranque desde el CD?: marcando esta opción Usted puede\n"
+"elegir \"C\" para el CD en el primer prompt de arranque.\n"
+"\n"
+" * ¿Habilitar arranque OF?: marcando esta opción Usted puede elegir \"N\"\n"
+"para Open Firmware en el primer prompt de arranque.\n"
+"\n"
+" * SO predeterminado: puede seleccionar qué sistema operativo arrancará por\n"
+"defecto cuando expira la demora de Open Firmware."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
 "DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
 "of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
@@ -416,79 +343,9 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
-"bad blocks on the disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Se debe formatear cualquier partición nueva que ha sido definida para que\n"
-"se pueda utilizar (formatear significa crear un sistema de archivos)\n"
-"\n"
-"Puede desear volver a formatear algunas particiones ya existentes para\n"
-"borrar cualquier dato que pudieran contener. Si así lo desea, por favor\n"
-"seleccione también dichas particiones.\n"
-"\n"
-"Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n"
-"preexistentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n"
-"sistema operativo (tales como \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\") pero no tiene que\n"
-"volver a formatear particiones que contienen datos que desea preservar\n"
-"(típicamente \"/home\")\n"
-"\n"
-"Por favor, tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Después de\n"
-"formatear se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no\n"
-"podrá recuperarlos en absoluto.\n"
-"\n"
-"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando esté listo para formatear las particiones.\n"
-"\n"
-"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea elegir otra partición para la instalación\n"
-"de su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n"
-"\n"
-"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea seleccionar las particiones en las que se\n"
-"buscarán bloques defectuosos en el disco."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Opciones\n"
-"\n"
-"   Aquí puede elegir si desea que su máquina cambie automáticamente a la\n"
-"interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá marcar \"%s\" si su\n"
-"sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la configuración de su\n"
-"pantalla."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
+"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
 "updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
 "if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
 "install updated packages later.\n"
@@ -514,98 +371,140 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
-"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
 "\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
-"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
-"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
-"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
-"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
 "\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
 msgstr ""
-"Dependiendo del idioma que eligió en , DrakX selecciona automáticamente un\n"
-"tipo particular de configuración del teclado. Verifique que la selección le\n"
-"satisface o elija otra distribución de teclado.\n"
+"Este diálogo le permite un ajuste fino de su cargador de arranque:\n"
 "\n"
-"También, puede ser que Usted no tenga un teclado que se corresponde\n"
-"exactamente con su idioma: por ejemplo, si Usted es un argentino que habla\n"
-"inglés, todavía podría desear que su teclado sea un teclado inglés. O si\n"
-"habla castellano pero está en Inglaterra puede estar en la misma situación\n"
-"en la cual su idioma nativo y su teclado no coinciden. En cualquier caso,\n"
-"este paso de instalación le permitirá elegir un teclado apropiado de una\n"
-"lista.\n"
+" * \"%s\": hay tres opciones para su cargador de arranque:\n"
 "\n"
-"Haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n"
-"de los teclados soportados.\n"
+"    * \"%s\": si prefiere a GRUB (menú de texto).\n"
 "\n"
-"Si eligió una distribución de teclado basada en un alfabeto no latino, el\n"
-"próximo diálogo le permitirá elegir la combinación de teclas que cambiará\n"
-"la distribución del teclado entre la latina y la no latina."
+"    * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz de texto.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": en la mayoría de los casos, no cambiará lo predeterminado\n"
+"(\"%s\"), pero si lo prefiere el cargador de arranque se puede instalar en\n"
+"el segundo disco rígido (\"%s\") o incluso en un disquete (\"%s\")\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": luego de arrancar o volver a arrancar la computadora, esta es la\n"
+"demora que se garantiza al usuario para elegir, en el menú del cargador de\n"
+"arranque, una entrada distinta a la predeterminada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI es un estándar nuevo (apareció durante el año 2002) para\n"
+"administración de energía, notablemente para las portátiles. Si Usted sabe\n"
+"que su hardware lo soporta y lo necesita, marque esta casilla.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Si notó problemas de hardware en su máquina (conflictos de IRQ,\n"
+"inestabilidad, congelamiento de la máquina, ...) debería intentar\n"
+"deshabilitar APIC marcando esta casilla.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Tenga presente que si no elige instalar un cargador de arranque\n"
+"(seleccionando \"%s\"), ¡debe asegurarse que tiene una forma de arrancar a\n"
+"su sistema Mandrake Linux! También debe asegurarse que sabe lo que hace\n"
+"antes de cambiar cualquier opción. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Haciendo clic sobre el botón \"%s\" en este diálogo se le ofrecerán\n"
+"opciones avanzadas que están reservadas para el usuario experto."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
 "\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
 "\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
 "\n"
-"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
-"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
-"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n"
-"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
 "\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
 msgstr ""
-"Ahora configurará su conexión de red/Internet. Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si\n"
-"desea conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área local.\n"
-"Mandrake Linux intentará detectar automáticamente los dispositivos de red y\n"
-"módems. Si esta detección falla, quite la marca de la casilla \"%s\".\n"
-"También puede elegir no configurar la red, o hacerlo más tarde, en cuyo\n"
-"caso hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" lo llevará al paso siguiente.\n"
+"Se ha detectado más de una partición Microsoft Windows en su disco rígido.\n"
+"Por favor, elija aquella a la cual desea cambiar el tamaño para poder\n"
+"instalar su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n"
 "\n"
-"Cuando configura su red las opciones de conexión disponibles son: conexión\n"
-"con módem tradicional, conexión con Winmodem, conexión con módem RDSI\n"
-"(ISDN), conexión ADSL, cable módem, y finalmente una simple conexión LAN\n"
-"(Ethernet).\n"
+"Cada partición se lista como sigue: \"Nombre Linux\", \"Nombre Windows\",\n"
+"\"Capacidad\".\n"
 "\n"
-"Aquí no entraremos en detalle en cada opción de configuración - simplemente\n"
-"debe asegurarse que su Proveedor de Servicios de Internet o su\n"
-"administrador del sistema le proporcionaron todos los parámetros de\n"
-"configuración, tales como la dirección IP, la pasarela predeterminada, los\n"
-"servidores DNS, etc.\n"
+"\"Nombre Linux\" está estructurado: \"tipo de disco rígido\", \"número de\n"
+"disco rígido\", \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"hda1\").\n"
 "\n"
-"Los Winmodem son módems de gama baja, especiales e integrados, que\n"
-"necesitan un software adicional para funcionar comparados a los módem\n"
-"normales. En realidad, algunos de esos módem funcionan bajo Mandrake Linux,\n"
-"algunos otros no. Puede consultar la lista de módem soportados en\n"
-"LinModems.\n"
+"\"Tipo de disco rígido\" es \"hd\" si su disco es un disco IDE y \"sd\" si\n"
+"el mismo es un disco SCSI.\n"
 "\n"
-"Puede consultar el capítulo de \"Guía de Comienzo\" sobre las conexiones a\n"
-"la Internet para detalles acerca de la configuración, o simplemente esperar\n"
-"hasta que su sistema esté instalado y usar el programa que se describe allí\n"
-"para configurar su conexión."
+"\"Número de disco rígido\" siempre es una letra que sigue a \"hd\" o a\n"
+"\"sd\". Para los discos IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
+"primaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
+"primaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco rígido maestro en la controladora IDE\n"
+"secundaria\",\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco rígido esclavo en la controladora IDE\n"
+"secundaria\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Para los discos SCSI, una \"a\" significa \"SCSI ID menor\", una \"b\"\n"
+"significa \"segunda SCSI ID menor\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Nombre Windows\" es la letra de su unidad de disco bajo Windows (el\n"
+"primer disco o partición se denomina \"C:\")."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -621,9 +520,9 @@ msgid ""
 "graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs.\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -692,9 +591,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Resolución\n"
 "\n"
 "   Aquí puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n"
-"para su hardware. Elija la que mejor se ajuste a sus necesidades (tenga\n"
-"presente que eso se puede cambiar luego de la instalación) En el imagen del\n"
-"monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida.\n"
+"para su hardware. Seleccione la que mejor se ajuste a sus necesidades\n"
+"(tenga presente que eso se puede cambiar luego de la instalación) En la\n"
+"imagen del monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -707,8 +606,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "entonces DrakX continuará con el paso siguiente. Si no puede ver el\n"
 "mensaje, significa que alguna parte de la configuración detectada\n"
 "automáticamente no era la correcta y la prueba terminará automáticamente\n"
-"luego de 12 segundos, restaurando el menú. Cambie los ajustes hasta obtener\n"
-"una pantalla correcta.\n"
+"luego de unos segundos, restaurando el menú. Cambie los ajustes hasta\n"
+"obtener una pantalla correcta.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -722,39 +621,8 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
-msgstr ""
-"Resolución\n"
-"\n"
-"   Aquí puede elegir las resoluciones y profundidades de color disponibles\n"
-"para su hardware. Elija la que mejor se ajuste a sus necesidades (tenga\n"
-"presente que eso se puede cambiar luego de la instalación) En el imagen del\n"
-"monitor se muestra un ejemplo de la configuración elegida."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
-"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
-msgstr ""
-"\"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n"
-"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n"
-"\"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n"
-"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la utilizada\n"
-"durante la instalación."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
 "is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
@@ -767,7 +635,7 @@ msgid ""
 " * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
 "printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
 "simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
 "which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
 "is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
 "sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
@@ -808,6 +676,116 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
+"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora es el momento de especificar los programas que desea instalar en su\n"
+"sistema. Hay miles de paquetes disponibles para Mandrake Linux, y para\n"
+"hacer más simple el manejo de los paquetes, los mismos se han puesto en\n"
+"grupos de aplicaciones similares.\n"
+"\n"
+"Los paquetes se clasifican en grupos que corresponden a un uso particular\n"
+"de su máquina. Mandrake Linux clasifica los grupos de paquetes en cuatro\n"
+"categorías. Puede mezclar y hacer coincidir aplicaciones de varias\n"
+"categorías, por lo que una instalación de \"Estación de trabajo\" puede\n"
+"tener instaladas aplicaciones de la categoría \"Desarrollo\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina como una estación de trabajo,\n"
+"seleccione una o más aplicaciones de la categoría estación de trabajo.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si planifica utilizar su máquina para programar, elija los\n"
+"paquetes apropiados de esa categoría.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si pretende usar la máquina como un servidor, seleccione cuáles\n"
+"de los servicios más comunes desea instalar en su máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí es donde seleccionará su entorno gráfico preferido. Si\n"
+"desea tener una estación de trabajo gráfica, debe seleccionar al menos uno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si mueve el cursor del ratón sobre el nombre de un grupo se mostrará un\n"
+"pequeño texto explicativo acerca de ese grupo. Si deselecciona todos los\n"
+"grupos cuando está realizando una instalación regular (es decir, no una\n"
+"actualización), aparecerá un diálogo que propone opciones diferentes para\n"
+"una instalación mínima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala la menor cantidad de paquetes posible para tener un\n"
+"escritorio gráfico que funcione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instala el sistema base más algunos utilitarios básicos y la\n"
+"documentación de los mismos. Esta instalación es adecuada para configurar\n"
+"un servidor.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": instalará el mínimo necesario estricto para obtener un sistema\n"
+"Linux que funciona. Con esta instalación sólo tendrá una interfaz de línea\n"
+"de comandos. Esta instalación ocupa alrededor de 65 MB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Puede marcar la casilla \"%s\" que es útil si está familiarizado con los\n"
+"paquetes que se ofrecen, o si desea tener un control total sobre lo que se\n"
+"instalará.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si inició la instalación en el modo \"%s\" puede deseleccionar todos los\n"
+"grupos para evitar instalar cualquier paquete nuevo. Esto es útil para\n"
+"reparar o actualizar un sistema existente."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+msgstr ""
+"La instalación de Mandrake Linux se distribuye en varios CD-ROM. Si un\n"
+"paquete seleccionado se encuentra en otro CD-ROM, DrakX expulsará el CD\n"
+"corriente y le pedirá que inserte el CD correcto según sea necesario."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
 "system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
 "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
@@ -851,11 +829,11 @@ msgstr ""
 "actualizaciones, agregar usuarios, cambiar la configuración general del\n"
 "sistema, etc. Resumiendo, ¡\"root\" puede hacer de todo! Es por esto que\n"
 "deberá elegir una contraseña que sea difícil de adivinar - DrakX le dirá si\n"
-"la que eligió es demasiado fácil. Como puede ver no es forzoso ingresar una\n"
-"contraseña, pero le recomendamos encarecidamente que ingrese una. GNU/Linux\n"
-"es tan propenso a errores del operador como cualquier otro sistema\n"
-"operativo. Es importante que sea difícil convertirse en \"root\" debido a\n"
-"que \"root\" puede sobrepasar todas las limitaciones y borrar, sin\n"
+"la que eligió es demasiado fácil. Como puede ver, no es forzoso ingresar\n"
+"una contraseña, pero le recomendamos encarecidamente que ingrese una.\n"
+"GNU/Linux es tan propenso a errores del operador como cualquier otro\n"
+"sistema operativo. Es importante que sea difícil convertirse en \"root\"\n"
+"debido a que \"root\" puede sobrepasar todas las limitaciones y borrar, sin\n"
 "intención, todos los datos que se encuentran en las particiones accediendo\n"
 "a las mismas sin el cuidado suficiente.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -881,7 +859,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "autenticación. Si no sabe cual utilizar, debería preguntar al administrador\n"
 "de su red.\n"
 "\n"
-"Si ocurre que tiene problemas para recordar contraseñas, puede elegir el\n"
+"Si ocurre que tiene problemas para recordar contraseñas puede elegir el\n"
 "botón \"%s\", si es que su computadora nunca estará conectada a la Internet\n"
 "y Usted confía absolutamente en cualquier persona que tenga acceso a la\n"
 "misma."
@@ -889,25 +867,171 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Graphic Card\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
 "\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea borrar todos los datos y particiones\n"
+"presentes en esta unidad de disco. Tenga cuidado, luego de hacer clic sobre\n"
+"\"%s\", no podrá recuperar los datos y las particiones presentes en esta\n"
+"unidad de disco, incluyendo los datos de Windows.\n"
 "\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" para detener esta operación sin perder los datos ni\n"
+"las particiones presentes en esta unidad de disco rígido."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
+"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
 msgstr ""
-"Tarjeta gráfica\n"
+"Si le dijo al instalador que deseaba seleccionar los paquetes individuales,\n"
+"el mismo presentará un árbol que contiene todos los paquetes clasificados\n"
+"por grupos y subgrupos. Mientras navega por el árbol puede seleccionar\n"
+"grupos enteros, subgrupos, o paquetes individuales.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente la\n"
-"tarjeta gráfica instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n"
-"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente posee.\n"
+"Tan pronto como selecciona un paquete en el árbol, aparece una descripción\n"
+"del mismo sobre la derecha que le permite conocer el propósito del paquete.\n"
 "\n"
-"   En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con\n"
-"o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que\n"
-"mejor satisface sus necesidades."
+"Es muy probable que la gran mayoría de las descripciones de los paquetes\n"
+"estén en inglés.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Si ha sido seleccionado un paquete de servidor ya sea porque Usted\n"
+"seleccionó específicamente el paquete individual o porque el mismo era\n"
+"parte de un grupo de paquetes, se le pedirá que confirme que realmente\n"
+"desea que se instalen esos servidores. Bajo Mandrake Linux, cualquier\n"
+"servidor instalado se inicia de manera predeterminada al momento del\n"
+"arranque. Aunque estos son seguros y no tienen problemas conocidos al\n"
+"momento en que se publicó la distribución, es posible que se descubran\n"
+"vulnerabilidades en la seguridad luego que se terminó con esta versión de\n"
+"Mandrake Linux. En particular, si no sabe que es lo que se supone que hace\n"
+"un servicio o la razón por la cual se está instalando, entonces haga clic\n"
+"sobre \"%s\". Si hace clic sobre \"%s\" se instalarán todos los servicios\n"
+"listados y de manera predeterminada los mismos arrancarán automáticamente.\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+"La opción \"%s\" simplemente deshabilita el diálogo de advertencia que\n"
+"aparece cuando el instalador selecciona automáticamente un paquete para\n"
+"resolver un problema de dependencias. Algunos paquetes tienen relaciones\n"
+"entre ellos tales que la instalación de un paquete necesita que algún otro\n"
+"programa ya esté instalado. El instalador puede determinar qué paquetes se\n"
+"necesitan para satisfacer una dependencia para completar la instalación de\n"
+"manera satisfactoria.\n"
+"\n"
+"El pequeño icono del disquete bajo la lista le permite cargar la lista de\n"
+"paquetes elegida durante una instalación previa. Esto es útil si Usted\n"
+"tiene una cantidad de máquinas que desea configurar de manera idéntica.\n"
+"Haga clic sobre este icono y se le pedirá que inserte un disquete creado\n"
+"con anterioridad al final de otra instalación. Vea el segundo consejo del\n"
+"último paso para información sobre como crear dicho disquete."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO y GRUB son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente esta\n"
+"etapa está completamente automatizada. DrakX analizará el sector de\n"
+"arranque del disco y actuará en función de lo que encuentre allí:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si encuentra un sector de arranque de Windows, lo reemplazará con un\n"
+"sector de arranque de GRUB/LILO de forma tal que Usted pueda cargar\n"
+"GNU/Linux o cualquier otro sistema operativo instalado en su máquina.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si encuentra un sector de arranque de GRUB o LILO, lo reemplazará con\n"
+"uno nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no puede realizar una determinación, DrakX le preguntará dónde colocar\n"
+"el cargador de arranque. Generalmente, el \"%s\" es el lugar más seguro. Si\n"
+"no va a instalar cargador de arranque alguno seleccione \"%s\". Úselo\n"
+"solamente si sabe lo que está haciendo."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX primero detectará cualquier dispositivo IDE presente en su\n"
+"computadora. También buscará una o más tarjetas SCSI PCI en su sistema. Si\n"
+"se encuentra una tarjeta SCSI, DrakX instalará automáticamente el\n"
+"controlador apropiado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Debido a que la detección de hardware no es a prueba de errores, DrakX\n"
+"puede no detectar sus discos rígidos. De ser así, Usted tendrá que\n"
+"especificar su hardware manualmente.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si tuviese que especificar su adaptador SCSI PCI manualmente, DrakX le\n"
+"preguntará si desea configurar opciones para el mismo. Debería permitir a\n"
+"DrakX sondear el hardware en busca de las opciones específicas de la\n"
+"tarjeta que son necesarias para inicializar el adaptador. La mayoría de las\n"
+"veces, DrakX saldrá adelante en este paso sin problema alguno.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si DrakX no puede sondear las opciones para determinar automáticamente qué\n"
+"parámetros debe pasar al hardware, Usted deberá configurar manualmente el\n"
+"controlador."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1010,32 +1134,355 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
-"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
 "\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
 msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n"
-"Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n"
-"horario que Usted seleccionó. Sin embargo, es posible desactivar esto\n"
-"quitando la marca de la casilla \"%s\", lo que hará que GNU/Linux sepa que\n"
-"el reloj del sistema y el reloj de hardware están en el mismo huso horario.\n"
-"Esto es útil cuando la máquina también alberga otro sistema operativo como\n"
-"Windows.\n"
+"El primer paso es elegir el idioma de instalación. En el ejemplo se elige\n"
+"\"%s\" como región y \"%s\" como idioma.\n"
 "\n"
-"La opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente el reloj conectándose a un\n"
-"servidor remoto de la hora en la Internet. Para que esta característica\n"
-"funcione debe tener una conexión con la Internet funcionando. En realidad,\n"
-"esta opción instala un servidor de la hora que puede ser utilizado por\n"
-"otras máquinas en su red local."
+"Su elección de idioma preferido afectará al idioma de la documentación, el\n"
+"instalador y el sistema en general. Seleccione primero la región en la que\n"
+"se encuentra, y luego el idioma que habla.\n"
+"\n"
+"Al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" (Avanzada) podrá seleccionar otros\n"
+"idiomas para instalar en su sistema, instalando así los archivos\n"
+"específicos para esos idiomas para la documentación y las aplicaciones. Por\n"
+"ejemplo, si albergará a gente de Francia en su máquina, seleccione Español\n"
+"como idioma principal en la vista de árbol y \"%s\" en la sección avanzada.\n"
+"\n"
+"Acerca del soporte UTF-8 (Unicode): Unicode es una codificación nueva de\n"
+"caracteres que pretende cubrir todos los idiomas existentes. Sin embargo,\n"
+"el soporte completo para Unicode bajo GNU/Linux todavía está en desarrollo.\n"
+"Por esta razón, Mandrake Linux lo usará o no dependiendo de las elecciones\n"
+"del usuario:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si elige un idioma con codificación legada fuerte (idiomas latin1, ruso,\n"
+"japonés, chino, coreano, thai, griego, turco, la mayoría de los idiomas\n"
+"ISO-8859-2), de manera predeterminada se usará la codificación legada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Otros idiomas utilizarán Unicode de manera predeterminada.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si se necesitan dos o más idiomas, y dichos idiomas no utilizan la misma\n"
+"codificación, entonces el sistema completo utilizará Unicode.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finalmente, también se puede forzar el uso de Unicode para todo el\n"
+"sistema a pedido del usuario seleccionando la opción \"%s\" sin importar\n"
+"qué idiomas han sido seleccionados.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note que no está limitado a elegir un único idioma adicional. Puede elegir\n"
+"varios, o incluso instalarlos a todos marcando la casilla \"%s\".\n"
+"Seleccionar el soporte para un idioma significa que se instalarán las\n"
+"traducciones, tipografías, correctores ortográficos, etc. para dicho\n"
+"idioma.\n"
+"\n"
+"Puede ejecutar el comando \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" como \"root\" para\n"
+"cambiar el idioma de todo el sistema de uno a otro. Ejecutar el comando\n"
+"como usuario no privilegiado sólo cambiará la configuración de idioma para\n"
+"ese usuario en particular."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n"
+"muestra aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n"
+"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n"
+"otro controlador."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+msgstr ""
+"Luego que haya configurado los parámetros generales del cargador de\n"
+"arranque se mostrará la lista de opciones de arranque que estarán\n"
+"disponibles al momento de arrancar.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si hay otros sistemas operativos instalados en su máquina los mismos se\n"
+"agregarán automáticamente al menú de arranque. Puede elegir ajustar las\n"
+"opciones existentes haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" para crear una nueva\n"
+"entrada; seleccionando una entrada y haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" o \"%s\"\n"
+"para modificarla o quitarla. \"%s\" valida sus cambios.\n"
+"\n"
+"También puede ser que no desee dar acceso a los otros sistemas operativos a\n"
+"cualquiera que vaya a la consola y reinicie la máquina. Puede borrar las\n"
+"entradas correspondientes para los sistemas operativos para quitarlas del\n"
+"menú, pero ¡necesitará un disquete de arranque para poder arrancar esos\n"
+"otros sistemas operativos!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Elija la unidad de disco que desea borrar para instalar su partición\n"
+"Mandrake Linux nueva. Tenga cuidado, ¡se perderán todos los datos presentes\n"
+"en dicha unidad de disco y no se podrán recuperar!."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
+"similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n"
+"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n"
+"\"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n"
+"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la utilizada\n"
+"durante la instalación."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opciones\n"
+"\n"
+"   Aquí puede elegir si desea que su máquina cambie automáticamente a la\n"
+"interfaz gráfica al arrancar. Obviamente, querrá marcar \"%s\" si su\n"
+"sistema actuará como servidor, o si no tuvo éxito en la configuración de su\n"
+"pantalla."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, seleccione el puerto correcto. Por ejemplo, el puerto \"COM1\"\n"
+"bajo Windows se denomina \"ttyS0\" bajo GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"En este punto, DrakX le permitirá elegir el nivel de seguridad deseado para\n"
+"la máquina. Como regla general, el nivel de seguridad debería ser mayor\n"
+"cuanto más cruciales sean los datos que tenga almacenados, o si la máquina\n"
+"estará directamente expuesta a la Internet. No obstante, un nivel de\n"
+"seguridad más alto generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de\n"
+"uso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si no sabe cual elegir, no cambie la opción predeterminada. Podrá cambiar\n"
+"ese nivel de seguridad más adelante con la herramienta draksec del Centro\n"
+"de Control de Mandrake.\n"
+"\n"
+"El campo \"%s\" puede informar al sistema del usuario en esta computadora\n"
+"que será responsable de la seguridad. Los mensajes relativos a la seguridad\n"
+"se enviarán a esa dirección."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"A manera de revisión, DrakX presentará un resumen de las distintas\n"
+"informaciones que tiene acerca de su sistema. Dependiendo del hardware\n"
+"instalado puede tener algunas o todas las entradas siguientes. Cada entrada\n"
+"está compuesta del elemento a configurar, seguido de un pequeño resumen de\n"
+"la configuración corriente. Haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" correspondiente\n"
+"para modificar la configuración.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración de la disposición corriente del\n"
+"teclado y cámbiela si es necesario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la selección corriente del país. Si Usted no se\n"
+"encuentra en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y seleccione otro.\n"
+"Si su país no se muestra en la primer lista haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\"\n"
+"para obtener la lista completa de países.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": De manera predeterminada DrakX deduce su huso horario basándose\n"
+"en el país que ha elegido. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" si esto\n"
+"no es correcto.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración del ratón y haga clic sobre el botón\n"
+"para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n"
+"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n"
+"\"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n"
+"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la utilizada\n"
+"durante la instalación.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n"
+"muestra aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n"
+"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n"
+"otro controlador.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": de manera predeterminada DrakX configura su interfaz gráfica en\n"
+"\"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" de resolución. Si eso no le satisface, haga clic\n"
+"sobre \"%s\" para cambiar la configuración su interfaz gráfica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la misma se\n"
+"muestra aquí. Si tiene una tarjeta de TV y la misma no se detecta, haga\n"
+"clic sobre \"%s\" para intentar configurarla a mano.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta RDSI en su sistema, la misma se\n"
+"muestra aquí. Puede hacer clic sobre \"%s\" para cambiar los parámetros\n"
+"asociados a la misma.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea configurar ahora el acceso a la\n"
+"Internet o a su red local.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": esta entrada le ofrece volver a definir el nivel de seguridad\n"
+"como se ajustó en un paso previo ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si planifica conectar su máquina a la Internet, es una buena\n"
+"idea protegerse de las intrusiones configurando un cortafuegos. Consulte la\n"
+"sección correspondiente de la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para detalles acerca de\n"
+"los ajustes del cortafuegos.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": si desea cambiar la configuración de su cargador de arranque,\n"
+"haga clic sobre ese botón. Esto debería estar reservado para usuarios\n"
+"avanzados.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": aquí podrá tener un control fino sobre qué servicios correrán en\n"
+"su máquina. Si planifica utilizar esta máquina como servidor es una buena\n"
+"idea revisar estos ajustes."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con o\n"
+"sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que mejor\n"
+"satisface sus necesidades."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1072,15 +1519,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Por lo general, DrakX no tiene problemas en detectar la cantidad de botones\n"
 "que tiene su ratón. En caso contrario, asume que Usted tiene un ratón de\n"
-"dos botones y lo configurará para que emule el tercer botón. El tercer\n"
-"botón del ratón de un ratón de dos botones se puede \"presionar\" haciendo\n"
-"clic simultáneamente sobre el botón izquierdo y el derecho. DrakX sabrá\n"
+"dos botones y lo configurará para que emule el tercero. El tercer botón del\n"
+"ratón de un ratón de dos botones se puede \"presionar\" haciendo clic\n"
+"simultáneamente sobre el botón izquierdo y el derecho. DrakX sabrá\n"
 "automáticamente si su ratón utiliza una interfaz PS/2, serie o USB.\n"
 "\n"
 "En caso que tenga un ratón de 3 botones sin rueda, puede elegir el ratón\n"
-"que dice \"%s\". Entonces, DrakX configurará su ratón de forma tal que\n"
-"pueda simular la rueda con el mismo: para hacerlo, presione el botón del\n"
-"medio y, sin soltarlo, mueva su ratón arriba y abajo.\n"
+"que dice \"%s\". Entonces, DrakX configurará su ratón de forma tal que el\n"
+"mismo pueda simular la rueda: para hacerlo, presione el botón del medio y,\n"
+"sin soltarlo, mueva su ratón arriba y abajo.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si, por alguna razón, desea especificar un tipo de ratón diferente,\n"
 "selecciónelo de la lista que se proporciona.\n"
@@ -1094,221 +1541,185 @@ msgstr ""
 "Los ratones con rueda a veces no se detectan automáticamente por lo que\n"
 "deberá seleccionar su ratón de una lista. Debe asegurarse de seleccionar el\n"
 "correspondiente al puerto en el cual está conectado su ratón. Después de\n"
-"seleccionar un ratón y presionar el botón \"%s\", se muestra una imagen de\n"
-"un ratón en la pantalla. Mueva la rueda de su ratón para asegurarse que\n"
-"está activa correctamente. Una vez que ve que se mueve la rueda en la\n"
-"pantalla a medida que mueve la rueda de su ratón, pruebe los botones y\n"
-"verifique que el puntero del ratón se mueve en la pantalla a medida que\n"
-"mueve su ratón."
+"seleccionar un ratón y presionar el botón \"%s\", se muestra la pantalla de\n"
+"prueba del ratón. Mueva la rueda de su ratón para asegurarse que está\n"
+"activa correctamente. Una vez que ve que se mueve la rueda en la pantalla a\n"
+"medida que mueve la rueda de su ratón, pruebe los botones y verifique que\n"
+"el puntero del ratón se mueve en la pantalla a medida que mueve su ratón."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor, seleccione el puerto correcto. Por ejemplo, el puerto \"COM1\"\n"
-"bajo Windows se denomina \"ttyS0\" bajo GNU/Linux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
-"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
-"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
-"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
-"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
-"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
-"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
-"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
-"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
-"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
-"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
-"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
-"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
 "\n"
-"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
-"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
-"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
-"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
-"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
-"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
-"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
-"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
-"ones at risk.\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
 "\n"
-"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
-"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
-"you have finished adding users.\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
 "\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
-"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
+"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
+"those modems actually work under Mandrake Linux, some others do not. You\n"
+"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user\n"
-"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
-"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
-"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n"
-"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
+"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
+"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
 msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux es un sistema multiusuario, y esto significa que cada usuario\n"
-"puede tener sus preferencias propias, sus archivos propios, y así\n"
-"sucesivamente. Puede leer la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para aprender más. Pero,\n"
-"a diferencia de \"root\", que es el administrador del sistema, los usuarios\n"
-"que agregue en este punto no estarán autorizados a cambiar nada excepto su\n"
-"configuración y sus archivos propios, protegiendo al sistema contra cambios\n"
-"no intencionales o maliciosos que pueden impactar al sistema como un todo.\n"
-"Tendrá que crear al menos un usuario no privilegiado para Usted mismo - esa\n"
-"cuenta es la que debería utilizar para el uso rutinario diario. Aunque es\n"
-"muy práctico ingresar como \"root\" para hacer cualquier cosa y de todo,\n"
-"¡también puede ser muy peligroso! Un error podría significar que su sistema\n"
-"deje de funcionar. Si comete un error serio como usuario no privilegiado,\n"
-"sólo puede llegar a perder algo de información, pero no afectar a todo el\n"
-"sistema.\n"
+"Ahora configurará su conexión de red/Internet. Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si\n"
+"desea conectar su computadora a la Internet o a una red de área local.\n"
+"Mandrake Linux intentará detectar automáticamente los dispositivos de red y\n"
+"módems. Si esta detección falla, quite la marca de la casilla \"%s\".\n"
+"También puede elegir no configurar la red, o hacerlo más tarde, en cuyo\n"
+"caso hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" lo llevará al paso siguiente.\n"
 "\n"
-"El primer campo le pide un nombre real. Por supuesto, esto no es\n"
-"obligatorio - en realidad, puede ingresar lo que desee. DrakX usará la\n"
-"primer palabra que ingresó y la copiará al campo \"%s\", que es el nombre\n"
-"que este usuario en particular usará para ingresar al sistema. Si lo desea,\n"
-"puede omitir lo predeterminado y cambiar el nombre de usuario. El próximo\n"
-"paso es ingresar una contraseña. La contraseña de un usuario no\n"
-"privilegiado (regular) no es tan crucial como la de \"root\" desde el punto\n"
-"de vista de la seguridad, pero esto no es razón alguna para obviarla o\n"
-"hacerla muy simple: después de todo, son sus archivos los que podrían estar\n"
-"en peligro.\n"
+"Cuando configura su red las opciones de conexión disponibles son: conexión\n"
+"con módem tradicional, conexión con Winmodem, conexión con módem RDSI\n"
+"(ISDN), conexión ADSL, cable módem, y finalmente una simple conexión LAN\n"
+"(Ethernet).\n"
 "\n"
-"Una vez que hace clic sobre \"%s\", puede agregar otros usuarios. Agregue\n"
-"un usuario para cada uno de sus amigos: por ejemplo su padre o su hermana.\n"
-"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando haya terminado de agregar todos los usuarios\n"
-"que desee.\n"
+"Aquí no entraremos en detalle en cada opción de configuración - simplemente\n"
+"debe asegurarse que su Proveedor de Servicios de Internet o su\n"
+"administrador del sistema le proporcionaron todos los parámetros de\n"
+"configuración, tales como la dirección IP, la pasarela predeterminada, los\n"
+"servidores DNS, etc.\n"
 "\n"
-"Hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" le permite cambiar el \"shell\"\n"
-"predeterminado para ese usuario (bash, por defecto)\n"
+"Acerca de la conexión con Winmodems. Los Winmodem son módems de gama baja,\n"
+"especiales e integrados, que necesitan un software adicional para funcionar\n"
+"a diferencia de los módem normales. En realidad, algunos de esos módem\n"
+"funcionan bajo Mandrake Linux y otros no. Puede consultar la lista de módem\n"
+"soportados en LinModems.\n"
 "\n"
-"Cuando haya finalizado de añadir todos los usuarios se le propone elegir un\n"
-"usuario para conectarse automáticamente en el sistema cuando arranca la\n"
-"computadora. Si está interesado en esta característica (y no le importa\n"
-"mucho la seguridad local), elija el usuario y administrador de ventanas\n"
-"deseado. Si no está interesado en esta característica, quite la marca de la\n"
-"casilla \"%s\". Haga clic sobre \"%s\" una vez que seleccionó su\n"
-"preferencia."
+"Puede consultar el capítulo de \"Guía de Comienzo\" sobre las conexiones a\n"
+"la Internet para detalles acerca de la configuración, o simplemente esperar\n"
+"hasta que su sistema esté instalado y usar el programa que se describe allí\n"
+"para configurar su conexión."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"Graphic Card\n"
 "\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
-"Luego que haya configurado los parámetros generales del cargador de\n"
-"arranque se mostrará la lista de opciones de arranque que estarán\n"
-"disponibles al momento de arrancar.\n"
+"Tarjeta gráfica\n"
 "\n"
-"Si hay otros sistemas operativos instalados en su máquina los mismos se\n"
-"agregarán automáticamente al menú de arranque. Puede elegir ajustar las\n"
-"opciones existentes haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" para crear una nueva\n"
-"entrada; seleccionando una entrada y haciendo clic sobre \"%s\" o \"%s\"\n"
-"para modificarla o quitarla. \"%s\" valida sus cambios.\n"
+"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente la\n"
+"tarjeta gráfica instalada en su máquina. Si este no es el caso, en esta\n"
+"lista puede elegir la tarjeta que realmente posee.\n"
 "\n"
-"También puede ser que no desee dar acceso a los otros sistemas operativos a\n"
-"cualquiera que vaya a la consola y reinicie la máquina. Puede borrar las\n"
-"entradas correspondientes para los sistemas operativos para quitarlas del\n"
-"menú, pero ¡necesitará un disquete de arranque para poder arrancar esos\n"
-"otros sistemas operativos!"
+"   En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con\n"
+"o sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que\n"
+"mejor satisface sus necesidades."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
+"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
+"will reboot your computer."
 msgstr ""
-"Este diálogo le permite un ajuste fino de su cargador de arranque:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": hay tres opciones para su cargador de arranque:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": si prefiere a grub (menú de texto).\n"
+"Antes de continuar, debería leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n"
+"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux. Si está de\n"
+"acuerdo con todos los términos en la misma, marque la casilla \"%s\". Si\n"
+"no, simplemente apague su computadora."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz de texto.\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\": si prefiere a LILO con su interfaz gráfica.\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": en la mayoría de los casos, no cambiará lo predeterminado\n"
-"(\"%s\"), pero si lo prefiere el cargador de arranque se puede instalar en\n"
-"el segundo disco rígido (\"%s\") o incluso en un disquete (\"%s\")\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+msgstr ""
+"Este diálogo se usa para elegir los servicios que desea se inicien durante\n"
+"el arranque.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": luego de arrancar o volver a arrancar la computadora, esta es la\n"
-"demora que se garantiza al usuario para elegir, en el menú del cargador de\n"
-"arranque, una entrada distinta a la predeterminada.\n"
+"DrakX listará todos los servicios disponibles con la instalación corriente.\n"
+"Debe revisarlos con cuidado y quitar la marca de aquellos que no siempre\n"
+"son necesarios al arrancar.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI es un estándar nuevo (apareció durante el año 2002) para\n"
-"administración de energía, notablemente para las portátiles. Si Usted sabe\n"
-"que su hardware lo soporta y lo necesita, marque esta casilla.\n"
+"Cuando se selecciona un servicio obtendrá un pequeño texto explicativo\n"
+"acerca del mismo. Sin embargo, si no está seguro si un servicio es útil o\n"
+"no, es más seguro dejar el comportamiento predeterminado.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": Si notó problemas de hardware en su máquina (conflictos de IRQ,\n"
-"inestabilidad, congelamiento de la máquina, ...) debería intentar\n"
-"deshabilitar APIC marcando esta casilla.\n"
+"!! Tenga mucho cuidado en esta etapa si pretende usar su máquina como un\n"
+"servidor: probablemente no deseará activar servicios que no necesita. Por\n"
+"favor recuerde que varios servicios pueden ser peligrosos si se habilitan\n"
+"en un servidor. En general, seleccione sólo aquellos servicios que\n"
+"realmente necesita. !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"!! Tenga presente que si no elige instalar un cargador de arranque\n"
-"(seleccionando \"%s\"), ¡debe asegurarse que tiene una forma de arrancar a\n"
-"su sistema Mandrake Linux! También debe asegurarse que sabe lo que hace\n"
-"antes de cambiar cualquier opción. !!\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
 "\n"
-"Haciendo clic sobre el botón \"%s\" en este diálogo se le ofrecerán\n"
-"opciones avanzadas que están reservadas para el usuario experto."
+"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente el\n"
+"monitor conectado a su máquina. Si es incorrecto, en esta lista puede\n"
+"elegir el monitor que realmente posee."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
-"will reboot your computer."
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
 msgstr ""
-"Antes de continuar, debería leer cuidadosamente los términos de la\n"
-"licencia. La misma cubre a toda la distribución Mandrake Linux. Si está de\n"
-"acuerdo con todos los términos en la misma, marque la casilla \"%s\". Si\n"
-"no, simplemente apague su computadora."
+"GNU/Linux administra la hora en GMT (\"Greenwich Mean Time\", Hora del\n"
+"Meridiano de Greenwich) y la traduce a la hora local de acuerdo al huso\n"
+"horario que Usted seleccionó. Sin embargo, es posible desactivar esto\n"
+"quitando la marca de la casilla \"%s\", lo que hará que GNU/Linux sepa que\n"
+"el reloj del sistema y el reloj de hardware están en el mismo huso horario.\n"
+"Esto es útil cuando la máquina también alberga otro sistema operativo como\n"
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"La opción \"%s\" regulará automáticamente el reloj conectándose a un\n"
+"servidor remoto de la hora en la Internet. Para que esta característica\n"
+"funcione debe tener una conexión con la Internet funcionando. En realidad,\n"
+"esta opción instala un servidor de la hora que puede ser utilizado por\n"
+"otras máquinas en su red local."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1387,9 +1798,101 @@ msgid ""
 "country list."
 msgstr ""
 "\"%s\": verifique la selección corriente del país. Si Usted no se encuentra\n"
-"en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y elija otro. Si su país no se\n"
-"muestra en la primer lista haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para obtener la\n"
-"lista completa de países."
+"en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y seleccione otro. Si su país\n"
+"no se muestra en la primer lista haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para\n"
+"obtener la lista completa de países."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Se debe formatear cualquier partición nueva que ha sido definida para que\n"
+"se pueda utilizar (formatear significa crear un sistema de archivos)\n"
+"\n"
+"Puede desear volver a formatear algunas particiones ya existentes para\n"
+"borrar cualquier dato que pudieran contener. Si así lo desea, por favor\n"
+"seleccione también dichas particiones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Por favor note que no es necesario volver a formatear todas las particiones\n"
+"preexistentes. Debe volver a formatear las particiones que contienen el\n"
+"sistema operativo (tales como \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\") pero no tiene que\n"
+"volver a formatear particiones que contienen datos que desea preservar\n"
+"(típicamente \"/home\")\n"
+"\n"
+"Por favor, tenga sumo cuidado cuando selecciona las particiones. Después de\n"
+"formatear se borrarán todos los datos en las particiones seleccionadas y no\n"
+"podrá recuperarlos en absoluto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" cuando esté listo para formatear las particiones.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea elegir otra partición para la instalación\n"
+"de su sistema operativo Mandrake Linux nuevo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea seleccionar las particiones del disco en\n"
+"las que se buscarán bloques defectuosos."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
+"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependiendo del idioma que eligió en , DrakX selecciona automáticamente un\n"
+"tipo particular de configuración del teclado. Verifique que la selección le\n"
+"satisface o elija otra distribución de teclado.\n"
+"\n"
+"También, puede ser que Usted no tenga un teclado que se corresponde\n"
+"exactamente con su idioma: por ejemplo, si Usted es un argentino que habla\n"
+"inglés, puede ser que tenga un teclado latinoamericano. O si habla\n"
+"castellano pero está en Inglaterra puede estar en la misma situación en la\n"
+"cual su idioma nativo y su teclado no coinciden. En cualquier caso, este\n"
+"paso de instalación le permitirá elegir un teclado apropiado de una lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para que se le presente la lista completa\n"
+"de los teclados soportados.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si eligió una distribución de teclado basada en un alfabeto no latino, el\n"
+"próximo diálogo le permitirá elegir la combinación de teclas que cambiará\n"
+"la distribución del teclado entre la latina y la no latina."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1417,13 +1920,10 @@ msgid ""
 "   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
 "See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
-"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
-"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"\"mformat a:\")"
+" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
+"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
+"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
 msgstr ""
 "Ya está. Ahora la instalación está completa y su sistema GNU/Linux está\n"
 "listo para ser utilizado. Simplemente haga clic sobre \"%s\" para volver a\n"
@@ -1431,7 +1931,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "haya finalizado sus pruebas de hardware, es el menú del cargador de\n"
 "arranque dándole la opción de elegir que sistema operativo arrancar.\n"
 "\n"
-"El botón \"%s\" le muestra dos botones más para:\n"
+"El botón \"%s\" le muestra dos botones más:\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": para crear un disquete de instalación que realizará una\n"
 "instalación completa automáticamente, sin la asistencia de un operador,\n"
@@ -1450,293 +1950,10 @@ msgstr ""
 "máquinas similares. Consulte la sección Auto install (en inglés) en nuestro\n"
 "sitio web para más información.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"(*): guarda una lista de los paquetes seleccionados en esta\n"
+" * \"%s\": guarda una lista de los paquetes seleccionados en esta\n"
 "instalación. Para usar esta selección con otra instalación, inserte el\n"
 "disquete en la disquetera y comience la instalación. En el prompt, presione\n"
-"la tecla [F1], y a continuación ingrese >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) Necesita un disquete formateado con FAT (para crear uno bajo GNU/Linux\n"
-"teclee \"mformat a:\")"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"En este punto, DrakX le permitirá elegir el nivel de seguridad deseado para\n"
-"la máquina. Como regla general, el nivel de seguridad debería ser mayor\n"
-"cuanto más cruciales sean los datos que tenga almacenados, o si la máquina\n"
-"estará directamente expuesta a la Internet. No obstante, un nivel de\n"
-"seguridad más alto generalmente se obtiene a expensas de la facilidad de\n"
-"uso.\n"
-"\n"
-"Si no sabe cual elegir, no cambie la opción predeterminada. Podrá cambiar\n"
-"ese nivel de seguridad más adelante con la herramienta draksec del Centro\n"
-"de Control de Mandrake.\n"
-"\n"
-"El campo \"%s\" puede informar al sistema del usuario en esta computadora\n"
-"que será responsable de la seguridad. Los mensajes relativos a la seguridad\n"
-"se enviarán a esa dirección."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-msgstr ""
-"Este diálogo se usa para elegir los servicios que desea iniciar durante el\n"
-"arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX listará todos los servicios disponibles con la instalación corriente.\n"
-"Debe revisarlos con cuidado y quitar la marca de aquellos que no siempre\n"
-"son necesarios al arrancar.\n"
-"\n"
-"Cuando se selecciona un servicio obtendrá un pequeño texto explicativo\n"
-"acerca del mismo. Sin embargo, si no está seguro si un servicio es útil o\n"
-"no, es más seguro dejar el comportamiento predeterminado.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Tenga mucho cuidado en esta etapa si pretende usar su máquina como un\n"
-"servidor: probablemente no deseará arrancar servicios que no necesita. Por\n"
-"favor recuerde que varios servicios pueden ser peligrosos si se habilitan\n"
-"en un servidor. En general, seleccione sólo aquellos servicios que\n"
-"realmente necesita. !!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
-"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
-"\n"
-"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
-"\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
-"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
-"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
-"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
-msgstr ""
-"El primer paso es elegir el idioma de instalación. En el ejemplo se elige\n"
-"\"%s\" como región y \"%s\" como idioma.\n"
-"\n"
-"Su elección de idioma preferido afectará al idioma de la documentación, el\n"
-"instalador y el sistema en general. Seleccione primero la región en la que\n"
-"se encuentra, y luego el idioma que habla.\n"
-"\n"
-"Al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" podrá seleccionar otros idiomas para\n"
-"instalar en su sistema, instalando así los archivos específicos para esos\n"
-"idiomas para la documentación y las aplicaciones. Por ejemplo, si albergará\n"
-"a gente de Francia en su máquina, seleccione Español como idioma principal\n"
-"en la vista de árbol y \"%s\" en la sección avanzada.\n"
-"\n"
-"Acerca del soporte UTF-8 (Unicode): Unicode es una codificación nueva de\n"
-"caracteres que pretende cubrir todos los idiomas existentes. Sin embargo,\n"
-"el soporte completo para Unicode bajo GNU/Linux todavía está en desarrollo.\n"
-"Por esta razón, Mandrake Linux lo usará o no dependiendo de las elecciones\n"
-"del usuario:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Si elige un idioma con codificación legada fuerte (idiomas latin1, ruso,\n"
-"japonés, chino, coreano, thai, griego, turco, la mayoría de los idiomas\n"
-"ISO-8859-2), de manera predeterminada se usará la codificación legada.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Otros idiomas utilizarán Unicode de manera predeterminada.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Si se necesitan dos o más idiomas, y dichos idiomas no utilizan la misma\n"
-"codificación, entonces el sistema completo utilizará Unicode.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Finalmente, también se puede forzar el uso de Unicode para todo el\n"
-"sistema a pedido del usuario seleccionando la opción \"%s\" sin importar\n"
-"qué idiomas han sido seleccionados.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note que no está limitado a elegir un único idioma adicional. Puede elegir\n"
-"varios, o incluso instalarlos a todos marcando la casilla \"%s\".\n"
-"Seleccionar el soporte para un idioma significa que se instalarán las\n"
-"traducciones, tipografías, correctores ortográficos, etc. para dicho\n"
-"idioma.\n"
-"\n"
-"Para cambiar de un idioma a otro, Usted puede ejecutar el comando\n"
-"\"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" como \"root\" para cambiar el idioma de todo el\n"
-"sistema. Ejecutar el comando como usuario no privilegiado sólo cambiará la\n"
-"configuración de idioma para ese usuario en particular."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-msgstr ""
-"En caso que estén disponibles diferentes servidores para su tarjeta, con o\n"
-"sin aceleración de 3D, entonces se le propone elegir el servidor que mejor\n"
-"satisface sus necesidades."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot es un cargador de arranque para el hardware NewWorld MacIntosh. El\n"
-"mismo puede arrancar o GNU/Linux, o MacOS o MacOSX si se encuentran en su\n"
-"computadora. Normalmente, estos sistemas operativos se detectan e instalan\n"
-"correctamente. Si este no es el caso, puede agregar una entrada a mano en\n"
-"esta pantalla. Tenga cuidado de elegir los parámetros correctos.\n"
-"\n"
-"Las opciones principales de Yaboot son:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Mensaje de Init: un mensaje de texto simple que se muestra antes del\n"
-"prompt de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Dispositivo de arranque: indica donde desea colocar la información\n"
-"necesaria para arrancar en GNU/Linux. Generalmente, se configura una\n"
-"partición bootstrap con anterioridad para contener esta información.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Demora de Open Firmware: a diferencia de LILO, hay dos demoras\n"
-"disponibles con Yaboot. La primera se mide en segundos y aquí puede elegir\n"
-"entre CD, arranque OF, MacOS o Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Demora de arranque del núcleo: esta demora es similar a la demora de\n"
-"arranque de LILO. Luego de seleccionar Linux, tendrá esta demora en décimas\n"
-"de segundo antes que se seleccione su descripción del núcleo\n"
-"predeterminada.\n"
-"\n"
-" * ¿Habilitar arranque desde el CD?: marcando esta opción Usted puede\n"
-"elegir \"C\" para el CD en el primer prompt de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * ¿Habilitar arranque OF?: marcando esta opción Usted puede elegir \"N\"\n"
-"para Open Firmware en el primer prompt de arranque.\n"
-"\n"
-" * SO predeterminado: puede seleccionar qué sistema operativo arrancará por\n"
-"defecto cuando expira la demora de Open Firmware."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
-msgstr ""
-"LILO y grub son cargadores de arranque para GNU/Linux. Normalmente esta\n"
-"etapa está completamente automatizada. DrakX analizará el sector de\n"
-"arranque del disco y actuará en función de lo que encuentre allí:\n"
-"\n"
-" * si encuentra un sector de arranque de Windows, lo reemplazará con un\n"
-"sector de arranque de grub/LILO de forma tal que Usted pueda cargar\n"
-"GNU/Linux o cualquier otro sistema operativo instalado en su máquina;\n"
-"\n"
-" * si encuentra un sector de arranque de grub o LILO, lo reemplazará con\n"
-"uno nuevo;\n"
-"\n"
-"Si no puede realizar una determinación, DrakX le preguntará dónde colocar\n"
-"el cargador de arranque. Generalmente, el \"%s\" es el lugar más seguro. Si\n"
-"no va a instalar cargador de arranque alguno seleccione \"%s\". Úselo\n"
-"solamente si sabe lo que está haciendo."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   Normalmente el instalador puede detectar y configurar automáticamente el\n"
-"monitor conectado a su máquina. Si es incorrecto, en esta lista puede\n"
-"elegir el monitor que realmente posee."
+"la tecla [F1], y a continuación ingrese >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1890,131 +2107,3 @@ msgstr ""
 "50 MB, puede ver que es un lugar útil para almacenar un núcleo y ramdisk\n"
 "alternativos para arrancar en situaciones de emergencia."
 
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
-"necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
-"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
-"correct.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
-"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
-"previous step ().\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
-"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
-"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
-"firewall settings.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
-"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
-"idea to review this setup."
-msgstr ""
-"A manera de revisión, DrakX presentará un resumen de las distintas\n"
-"informaciones que tiene acerca de su sistema. Dependiendo del hardware\n"
-"instalado puede tener algunas o todas las entradas siguientes. Cada entrada\n"
-"está compuesta del elemento de configuración a configurar, seguido de un\n"
-"pequeño resumen de la configuración corriente. Haga clic sobre el botón\n"
-"\"%s\" correspondiente para cambiar eso.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración de la disposición corriente del\n"
-"teclado y cámbiela si es necesario.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": verifique la selección corriente del país. Si Usted no se\n"
-"encuentra en este país haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" y elija otro. Si su\n"
-"país no se muestra en la primer lista haga clic sobre el botón \"%s\" para\n"
-"obtener la lista completa de países.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": De manera predeterminada DrakX deduce su huso horario basándose\n"
-"en el país que ha elegido. Puede hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" si esto\n"
-"no es correcto.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": verifique la configuración del ratón y haga clic sobre el botón\n"
-"para cambiarla, si es necesario.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": al hacer clic sobre el botón \"%s\" se abrirá el asistente de\n"
-"configuración de la impresora. Consulte el capítulo correspondiente de la\n"
-"\"Guía de Comienzo\" para más información sobre cómo configurar una\n"
-"impresora nueva. La interfaz presentada allí es similar a la utilizada\n"
-"durante la instalación.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de sonido en su sistema, la misma se\n"
-"muestra aquí. Si nota que la tarjeta de sonido mostrada no es la que está\n"
-"realmente instalada en su sistema, puede hacer clic sobre el botón y elegir\n"
-"otro controlador.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": de manera predeterminada DrakX configura su interfaz gráfica en\n"
-"\"800x600\" o \"1024x768\" de resolución. Si eso no le satisface, haga clic\n"
-"sobre \"%s\" para volver a configurar su interfaz gráfica.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta de TV en su sistema, la misma se\n"
-"muestra aquí. Si tiene una tarjeta de TV y la misma no se detecta, haga\n"
-"clic sobre \"%s\" para intentar configurarla a mano.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si se detecta una tarjeta RDSI en su sistema, la misma se\n"
-"muestra aquí. Puede hacer clic sobre \"%s\" para cambiar los parámetros\n"
-"asociados a la misma.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": haga clic sobre \"%s\" si desea configurar ahora el acceso a la\n"
-"Internet o a su red local.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": esta entrada le ofrece volver a definir el nivel de seguridad\n"
-"como se ajustó en un paso previo ()\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si planifica conectar su máquina a la Internet, es una buena\n"
-"idea protegerse de las intrusiones configurando un cortafuegos. Consulte la\n"
-"sección correspondiente de la \"Guía de Comienzo\" para detalles acerca de\n"
-"los ajustes del cortafuegos.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": si desea cambiar la configuración de su cargador de arranque,\n"
-"haga clic sobre ese botón. Esto debería estar reservado para usuarios\n"
-"avanzados.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": aquí podrá tener un control fino sobre qué servicios correrán en\n"
-"su máquina. Si planifica utilizar esta máquina como servidor es una buena\n"
-"idea revisar estos ajustes."
-
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
index 5c1ac6bf7..1c04acfc6 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-fr.pot
@@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
 "all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
-"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n"
-"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n"
-"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n"
-"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition and that it uses the\n"
-"FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this\n"
-"option is recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft\n"
-"Windows on the same computer.\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
 "procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
@@ -62,14 +62,13 @@ msgid ""
 "easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
 "recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
 "experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
-"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions '' section in the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide''."
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
 msgstr ""
 "Cette étape vous permet de déterminer précisément l'emplacement de votre\n"
 "installation de Mandrake Linux. Si votre disque est vide ou utilisé par un\n"
 "autre système d'exploitation, vous devrez repartitionner votre disque.\n"
-"Partitionner un disque signifie de le diviser précisément afin de créer un\n"
-"espace pour votre installation.\n"
+"Partitionner un disque désigne l'opération consistant à le diviser\n"
+"précisément afin de créer un espace pour votre installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "Comme les effets du partitionnement sont irréversibles (l'ensemble du\n"
 "disque est effacé), le partitionnement est généralement intimidant et\n"
@@ -83,21 +82,21 @@ msgstr ""
 " * « %s » : cette option tentera simplement de partitionner automatiquement\n"
 "l'espace inutilisé sur votre disque. Il n'y aura pas d'autre question.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : l' assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions existants\n"
-"sur votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette option. Il\n"
-"vous sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage associés à chacune\n"
-"des partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont sélectionnés par défaut,\n"
-"et vous devriez généralement les garder.\n"
+" * « %s » : l' assistant a détecté une ou plusieurs partitions existant sur\n"
+"votre disque. Si vous voulez les utiliser, choisissez cette option. Il vous\n"
+"sera alors demandé de choisir les points de montage associés à chacune des\n"
+"partitions. Les anciens points de montage sont sélectionnés par défaut, et\n"
+"vous devriez généralement les garder.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si Microsoft Windows est installé sur votre disque et en prend\n"
-"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation Linux.\n"
-"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le disque »)\n"
-"ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition FAT Windows. Le\n"
-"redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n"
-"que vous ayez préalablement défragmenté la partition Windows, et qu'elle\n"
-"utilise le format FAT. Une sauvegarde de vos données ne fera pas de mal non\n"
-"plus. Cette solution est recommandée pour faire cohabiter Linux et Windows\n"
-"sur le même ordinateur.\n"
+"toute la place vous devez faire de la place pour votre installation\n"
+"GNU/Linux. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez tout effacer (voir « effacer tout le\n"
+"disque ») ou vous pouvez redimensionner la partition Windows FAT ou NTFS.\n"
+"Le redimensionnement peut être effectué sans pertes de données, à condition\n"
+"que vous ayez préalablement défragmenté la partition Windows. Une\n"
+"sauvegarde de vos données ne fera pas de mal non plus. Cette solution est\n"
+"recommandée pour faire cohabiter Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows sur\n"
+"le même ordinateur.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Avant de choisir cette option, il faut comprendre qu'après cette\n"
 "procédure l'espace disponible pour Windows sera réduit. Vous aurez moins\n"
@@ -135,15 +134,15 @@ msgid ""
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
 "hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
 "change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor."
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
 msgstr ""
 "Résolution\n"
 "\n"
-"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleur parmi celles\n"
+"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n"
 "disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n"
 "votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n"
 "l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
-"le moniteur stylisé."
+"le dessin du moniteur."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -166,7 +165,7 @@ msgid ""
 "-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
 "you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
 "this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
-"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
 "From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
 "not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
 "it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
@@ -179,18 +178,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
 "that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user\n"
-"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
-"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
-"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n"
-"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
+"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
+"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
+"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
 msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux est un système multiutilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n"
+"GNU/Linux est un système multi-utilisateurs, ce qui signifie généralement\n"
 "que chaque utilisateur peut avoir des préférences différentes, ses propres\n"
 "fichiers, etc. Pour plus d'informations, consultez le « Guide de\n"
 "démarrage ». Contrairement à « root » qui a tous les droits, les\n"
 "utilisateurs que vous ajouterez ici n'auront que des permissions pour agir\n"
-"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur/ administrateur\n"
+"sur leurs propres fichiers exclusivement. L'utilisateur / administrateur\n"
 "devrait également se créer un compte « normal ». C'est à travers cet\n"
 "utilisateur que celui-ci devrait se connecter pour accomplir ses tâches\n"
 "quotidiennes. Car, bien qu'il soit pratique d'avoir tous les accès, cette\n"
@@ -217,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Lorsque vous avez fini d'installer tous les utilisateurs, il vous est\n"
 "proposé de choisir un utilisateur qui sera automatiquement connecté lors du\n"
 "démarrage de l'ordinateur. Si cela vous intéresse (et que la sécurité\n"
-"locale n'est pas trop un problème), choisissez l'utilisateur et le\n"
+"locale ne soit pas trop un problème), choisissez l'utilisateur et le\n"
 "gestionnaire de fenêtres, puis cliquez sur « %s ». Si cela ne vous\n"
 "intéresse pas, décochez la case « %s »."
 
@@ -227,7 +226,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
 "boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
 "detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
 "parameters.\n"
 "\n"
 "Yaboot's main options are:\n"
@@ -295,8 +294,8 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
 "DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
 "of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
@@ -319,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "votre disque dur.\n"
 "\n"
 "DrakX doit maintenant savoir quel type d'installation vous désirez\n"
-"réaliser. Deux types d'installations sont proposés : Par défaut (« %s »),\n"
+"réaliser. Deux types d'installation sont proposés : Par défaut (« %s »),\n"
 "qui limite le nombre de questions à l'utilisateur au minimum ou « %s » qui\n"
 "vous permet de sélectionner individuellement chacune des composantes à\n"
 "installer. Il vous est également proposé de faire une « %s » ou une « %s »\n"
@@ -332,40 +331,75 @@ msgstr ""
 " * « %s » : cette classe d'installation permet de mettre à jour seulement\n"
 "les paquetages qui composent votre système Mandrake Linux. Elle conserve\n"
 "les partitions existantes, ainsi que la configuration des utilisateurs. La\n"
-"plupart des autres étapes d'une installation classique sont accessibles ;\n"
+"plupart des autres étapes d'une installation classique sont accessibles.\n"
 "\n"
-"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les système Mandrake\n"
+"La mise à jour devrait fonctionner correctement pour les systèmes Mandrake\n"
 "Linux à partir de la version « 8.1 ». Essayer de lancer une mise à jour sur\n"
 "les versions antérieures à « 8.1 » n'est pas recommandé."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
 "\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one nearer to you. A package-selection tree\n"
-"will appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install\n"
-"the selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
 msgstr ""
-"Au moment où vous êtes en train d'installer Mandrake Linux, il est possible\n"
-"que certains paquetages aient été mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit.\n"
-"Des bogues ont pu être corrigés, et des problèmes de sécurité résolus. Pour\n"
-"vous permettre de bénéficier de ces mises à jour, il vous est maintenant\n"
-"proposé de les télécharger depuis Internet. Choisissez « %s » si vous avez\n"
-"une connexion Internet, ou « %s » si vous préférez installer les mises à\n"
-"jour plus tard.\n"
+"Plus d'une partition Windows a été détectée sur votre disque dur. Veuillez\n"
+"choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation de\n"
+"Mandrake Linux.\n"
 "\n"
-"En choisissant « %s », la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises à jour\n"
-"peuvent être téléchargées est affichée. Choisissez le site le plus proche.\n"
-"Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : vérifiez la sélection,\n"
-"puis cliquez sur « %s » pour télé-charger et installer les mises à jour\n"
-"sélectionnées, ou « %s » pour abandonner."
+"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit: \"Nom linux\", \"Nom Windows\",\n"
+"\"Capacité\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Le \"Nom\" est structuré ainsi : \"type de disque dur\", \"numéro du disque\n"
+"dur\", \"numéro de partition\". Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
+"\n"
+"Le \"Type de disque dur\" correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n"
+"disque SCSI, vous lirez \"sd\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le \"hd\" ou \"fd\". Pour les\n"
+"disques IDE :\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" signifie \"disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
+"IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" indique \"disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n"
+"\n"
+"Avec les disques SCSI, le \"a\" indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n"
+"suite.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n"
+"disque ou partition \"C:\")"
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -374,7 +408,7 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
 "\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
 "\n"
 "    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -388,7 +422,15 @@ msgid ""
 "given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
 "default.\n"
 "\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
 "\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
 "system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
 "options. !!\n"
@@ -406,14 +448,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "    * « %s » : si vous préférez l'interface graphique.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez pas à changer le disque\n"
+" * « %s » : dans la plupart des cas, vous n'aurez pas à changer le disque\n"
 "par défaut (« %s », mais si vous le désirez, le programme d'amorce peut\n"
 "être installé sur un second disque, « %s », ou même sur une disquette,\n"
 "« %s ».\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: au redémarrage de l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accordé à\n"
+" * « %s » : au redémarrage de l'ordinateur, il s'agit du temps accordé à\n"
 "l'utilisateur pour démarrer un autre système d'exploitation.\n"
 "\n"
+" * « %s »: l'ACPI est un nouveau standard (apparu courant 2002) pour la\n"
+"gestion d'énergie, surtout pour les portables. Si vous savez que votre\n"
+"matériel est compatible ACPI cochez cette case.\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s »: Si vous avez remarqué auparavant des problèmes matériels sur\n"
+"votre machine (conflits IRQ, instabilités, blocages machine, ...) vous\n"
+"pouvez essayer de désactiver l'APIC en cochant cette case.\n"
+"\n"
 "!! Prenez garde, si vous décidez de ne pas installer de programme d'amorce\n"
 "(en cliquant sur « %s »), vous devez vous assurer d'avoir une méthode pour\n"
 "démarrer le système. Aussi, assurez-vous de bien savoir ce que vous faites\n"
@@ -426,66 +476,31 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
+"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
+"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
+"install updated packages later.\n"
 "\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
 msgstr ""
-"Plus d'une partition Windows ont été détectées sur votre disque dur. SVP,\n"
-"veuillez choisir celle que vous choisissez pour votre nouvelle installation\n"
-"de Mandrake Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-"Chaque partition est identifiée comme suit: \"Nom linux\", \"Nom Windows\",\n"
-"\"Capacité\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Le \"Nom\" est structuré ainsi : \"type de disque dur\", \"numéro du disque\n"
-"dur\", \"numéro de partition\". Par exemple, « hda1 ».\n"
-"\n"
-"Le \"Type de disque dur\" correspond à hd si votre disque est IDE. Pour un\n"
-"disque SCSI, vous lirez \"sd\".\n"
-"\n"
-"Le numéro du disque est toujours listé après le \"hd\" ou \"fd\". Pour les\n"
-"disques IDE :\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" signifie \"disque primaire maître sur le premier contrôleur IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le premier contrôleur\n"
-"IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" indique \"disque primaire maître sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" signifie \"disque primaire esclave sur le second contrôleur IDE\";\n"
-"\n"
-"Avec les disques SCSI, le \"a\" indique le plus petit SCSI ID, et ainsi de\n"
-"suite.\n"
+"Au moment où vous êtes en train d'installer Mandrake Linux, il est possible\n"
+"que certains paquetages aient été mis à jour depuis la sortie du produit.\n"
+"Des bogues ont pu être corrigés, et des problèmes de sécurité résolus. Pour\n"
+"vous permettre de bénéficier de ces mises à jour, il vous est maintenant\n"
+"proposé de les télécharger depuis Internet. Choisissez « %s » si vous avez\n"
+"une connexion Internet, ou « %s » si vous préférez installer les mises à\n"
+"jour plus tard.\n"
 "\n"
-"\"Windows name\" c'est la lettre assignée à votre disque, (le premier\n"
-"disque ou partition \"C:\")"
+"En choisissant « %s », la liste des sites depuis lesquels les mises à jour\n"
+"peuvent être téléchargées est affichée. Choisissez le site le plus proche.\n"
+"Puis un arbre de choix des paquetages apparaît : vérifiez la sélection,\n"
+"puis cliquez sur « %s » pour télécharger et installer les mises à jour\n"
+"sélectionnées, ou « %s » pour abandonner."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -501,16 +516,16 @@ msgid ""
 "graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
 "choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
 "\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs.\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
 "this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -520,16 +535,18 @@ msgid ""
 "   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
 "hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
 "change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor.\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Test\n"
 "\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
 "   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
 "resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
 "then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
-"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
 "the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
 "menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -546,16 +563,16 @@ msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux. Tous les environnements graphiques (KDE, GNOME, WindowMaker\n"
 "etc.) présents sur Mandrake Linux dépendent de X.\n"
 "\n"
-"Il vous sera présenté la liste de divers paramètres à changer pour obtenir\n"
+"Il vous sera présenté une liste de divers paramètres à changer pour obtenir\n"
 "un affichage optimal : Carte graphique\n"
 "\n"
 "   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
 "cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
 "pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
 "\n"
-"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponible pour votre carte,\n"
-"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n"
-"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux.\n"
+"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n"
+"carte, avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir\n"
+"le serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
@@ -570,28 +587,30 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "Résolution\n"
 "\n"
-"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleur parmi celles\n"
+"   Vous pouvez choisir ici la résolution et nombre de couleurs parmi celles\n"
 "disponibles pour votre matériel. Choisissez la configuration optimale pour\n"
 "votre utilisation (vous pourrez néanmoins modifier cela après\n"
 "l'installation). Un échantillon de la configuration choisie apparaît dans\n"
-"le moniteur stylisé.\n"
+"le dessin du moniteur.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Test\n"
 "\n"
+"   Selon votre matériel cette option peut ne pas apparaître.\n"
+"\n"
 "   le système va ici essayer d'ouvrir un écran graphique à la résolution\n"
 "choisie. Si vous pouvez voir le message pendant le test, et répondez\n"
 "« %s », alors DrakX passera à l'étape suivante. Si vous ne pouvez pas voir\n"
 "de message, cela signifie que vos paramètres sont incompatibles, et le test\n"
-"terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n"
+"se terminera automatiquement après 12 secondes. Changez la configuration\n"
 "jusqu'à obtenir un affichage correct lors du test.\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "\n"
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Vous pourrez finalement choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
+"   Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
 "lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n"
 "en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n"
 "l'écran correctement."
@@ -600,7 +619,7 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
 "is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
@@ -613,7 +632,7 @@ msgid ""
 " * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
 "printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
 "simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
 "which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
 "is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
 "sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
@@ -625,25 +644,25 @@ msgid ""
 "Center and clicking the expert button."
 msgstr ""
 "Il faut choisir ici un système d'impression pour votre ordinateur. D'autres\n"
-"OSs offrent un, Mandrake Linux en propose deux.\n"
+"OSs en offrent un, Mandrake Linux en propose deux.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » - qui veut dire « print, don't queue », (ou, impression sans\n"
 "passer par la file d'attente) est un bon choix si votre imprimante est\n"
 "branchée directement sur votre poste et que vous voulez pouvoir arrêter\n"
 "l'impression directement en cas de problème et que vous n'avez pas\n"
 "d'imprimantes réseau. Il prendra en charge de simples cas en réseau, mais\n"
-"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez pdq si vous\n"
-"êtes à une première expérience avec Linux. Vous pourrez toujours changer de\n"
-"système plus tard avec PrinterDrake à partir du Centre de contrôle Mandrake\n"
-"en cliquant sur « %s ».\n"
-"\n"
-" * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux tant pour\n"
-"imprimante local que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple et\n"
-"il peu agir comme serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système d'impression\n"
-"« lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant, mais les configurations de\n"
-"bases sont aussi simple que pdq. Pour émuler un serveur lpq, partez le\n"
-"démon (« daemon ») cups-lpq. Finalement, cups offre une interface simple\n"
-"pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes.\n"
+"les performances sont plutôt mauvaises dans ces cas. Choisissez\n"
+"drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml pdq si vous débutez sous Linux. Vous pourrez\n"
+"toujours changer de système plus tard avec PrinterDrake à partir du Centre\n"
+"de contrôle Mandrake en cliquant sur « %s ».\n"
+"\n"
+" * « %s » - « Common Unix Printing System », est fabuleux autant pour une\n"
+"imprimante locale que pour imprimer à l'autre bout du monde. C'est simple\n"
+"et il peut agir comme un serveur ou un client avec l'ancien système\n"
+"d'impression « lpd ». Il s'agit d'un outil très puissant, mais les\n"
+"configurations de bases sont aussi simples que pdq. Pour émuler un serveur\n"
+"lpq, lancez le démon (« daemon ») cups-lpq. Enfin, cups offre une interface\n"
+"simple pour imprimer et choisir les imprimantes.\n"
 "\n"
 "Vous pourrez changer ultérieurement de système d'impression en lançant\n"
 "PrinterDrake depuis le Centre de contrôle Mandrake."
@@ -657,17 +676,16 @@ msgid ""
 "similar applications.\n"
 "\n"
 "Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux has four predefined installations available. You\n"
-"can think of these installation classes as containers for various packages.\n"
-"You can mix and match applications from the various groups, so a\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
 "``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' group installed.\n"
+"``Development'' category installed.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the applications that are in the workstation group.\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, choose the\n"
-"appropriate packages from that group.\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
 "more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
@@ -705,26 +723,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "paquetages à installer, et qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de tous les connaître\n"
 "par coeur.\n"
 "\n"
-"Les paquetages sont regroupés selon la nature de l'installation. Les\n"
-"groupes sont divisés en quatre sections principales :\n"
+"Les paquetages sont regroupés en groupes chacun correspondant à une usage\n"
+"particulier de l'ordinateur. Mandrake Linux range ces groupes en quatre\n"
+"catégories. Vous pouvez mélanger des groupes de plusieurs catégories de\n"
+"sorte qu'une station de travail peut toujours proposer des applications\n"
+"pour le « %s ».\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi, sélectionner un ou\n"
-"plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous comptez utiliser votre machine ainsi, sélectionner un\n"
+"ou plusieurs groupes y correspondant.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n"
+" * « %s » : si votre système doit être utilisé pour la programmation,\n"
 "choisissez les groupes désirés.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: finalement, si votre système doit agir en tant que serveur, vous\n"
-"pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n"
+" * « %s » : enfin, si votre système doit fonctionner en tant que serveur,\n"
+"vous pourrez sélectionner les services que vous voulez installer.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel environnement\n"
+" * « %s » : ce groupe vous permettra de déterminer quel environnement\n"
 "graphique vous voulez avoir sur votre système. Évidemment, il vous en faut\n"
 "au moins un pour utiliser votre station en mode graphique.\n"
 "\n"
 "En plaçant votre souris au dessus d'un nom de groupe, vous verrez\n"
-"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous dé-sélectionnez\n"
-"tous les groupes lors d'une installation standard (par opposition à une\n"
-"mise à jour), un dialogue apparaîtra proposant différentes options pour une\n"
+"apparaître une courte description de ce groupe. Si vous désélectionnez tous\n"
+"les groupes lors d'une installation standard (par opposition à une mise à\n"
+"jour), un dialogue apparaîtra proposant différentes options pour une\n"
 "installation minimale :\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : installe le moins de paquetages possible pour avoir un\n"
@@ -735,29 +756,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "monter un serveur ;\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : installera le strict minimum nécessaire pour obtenir un système\n"
-"GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de commande. Cette installation prends à\n"
-"peu près 65 MO.\n"
+"GNU/Linux fonctionnel, en ligne de commande. Cette installation prend à peu\n"
+"près 65 Mo.\n"
 "\n"
-"Vous pouvez finalement cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser\n"
-"si vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir\n"
-"le contrôle total de votre installation.\n"
+"Vous pouvez enfin cocher l'option « %s ». Cette option est à utiliser si\n"
+"vous connaissez exactement le paquetage désiré ou si vous voulez avoir le\n"
+"contrôle total de votre installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si vous avez démarré l'installation en mode « %s », vous pouvez\n"
-"« dé-sélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n"
+"« désélectionner » tous les groupes afin d'éviter l'installation de\n"
 "nouveaux programmes. Cette option est très utile pour restaurer un système\n"
 "défectueux."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. DrakX\n"
-"knows if a selected package is located on another CD-ROM so it will eject\n"
-"the current CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
 msgstr ""
 "Les paquetages requis à l'installation de Mandrake Linux sont distribués\n"
-"sur plusieurs CDROM. Heureusement, DrakX connaît l'emplacement de chacun\n"
-"des paquetages. Il éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera\n"
-"d'insérer le CDROM approprié, selon le cas."
+"sur plusieurs CD-ROM. Si un paquetage requis se trouve sur un autre CD-ROM,\n"
+"DrakX éjectera celui présent dans le lecteur et vous demandera d'insérer le\n"
+"CD-ROM approprié."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -767,7 +788,7 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
 "change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
 "do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password that you chose too easy. As you\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
 "can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
 "against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
 "operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
@@ -796,8 +817,8 @@ msgid ""
 "one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
 "\n"
 "If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the internet or that you absolutely trust\n"
-"everybody who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
 msgstr ""
 "Vous devez prendre ici une décision cruciale pour la sécurité de votre\n"
 "système. L'utilisateur « root » est l'administrateur du système qui a tous\n"
@@ -825,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "En mode expert, on vous demandera si vous comptez vous connecter sur un\n"
 "serveur d'authentification, tel que NIS ou LDAP. Si votre réseau utilise un\n"
 "de ces protocoles, il faut le sélectionner. Si vous n'en avez aucune idée,\n"
-"demandez à votre administrateur de réseau.\n"
+"demandez à votre administrateur réseau.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si vous souhaitez que l'accès à cette machine soit contrôlé par un serveur\n"
 "d'authentification, cliquez sur le bouton « %s ».\n"
@@ -846,15 +867,15 @@ msgid ""
 "to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
 "any Windows data.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
 msgstr ""
 "Cliquez sur « %s » si vous voulez vraiment effacer toute l'information et\n"
 "les partitions. Soyez prudent, après avoir cliqué sur « %s », vous ne\n"
 "pourrez plus récupérer les données ou les partitions, y compris les données\n"
 "Windows.\n"
 "\n"
-"Cliquez « %s » pour annuler cette opération sans perdre de données."
+"Cliquez sur « %s » pour renoncer à cette opération sans perdre de données."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -881,9 +902,9 @@ msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
 "whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
-"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
+"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
 "required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
 "\n"
 "The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
@@ -893,11 +914,11 @@ msgid ""
 "end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
 "create such a floppy."
 msgstr ""
-"Finalement, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les\n"
-"paquetages à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les\n"
-"paquetages, classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En naviguant à travers\n"
-"l'arbre, vous pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des\n"
-"paquetages individuels.\n"
+"Enfin, si vous avez choisi de sélectionner individuellement les paquetages\n"
+"à installer, DrakX vous présentera un arbre contenant tous les paquetages,\n"
+"classés par groupes et sous-groupes. En naviguant à travers l'arbre, vous\n"
+"pouvez sélectionner des groupes, des sous-groupes ou des paquetages\n"
+"individuels.\n"
 "\n"
 "Dès que vous sélectionnez un paquetage dans l'arbre, une description\n"
 "apparaît à droite. Une fois votre sélection terminée, cliquez sur « %s »\n"
@@ -911,15 +932,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "!! Si un logiciel serveur a été sélectionné, vous devrez confirmer que vous\n"
 "voulez vraiment que celui-ci soit installé. Sous Mandrake, par défaut, tous\n"
 "les serveurs installés sont lancés au démarrage. Malgré tous les efforts\n"
-"investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécuritaire, il est\n"
-"possible que certaines failles de sécurité affectes les serveurs installés\n"
-"au-delà de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas précisément à quoi\n"
-"sert un serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est installé, cliquez sur\n"
-"« %s ». En cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera installé et le service\n"
-"rendu disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
+"investis pour vous livrer une distribution Linux sécurisée, il est possible\n"
+"que certaines failles de sécurité affectent les serveurs installés au-delà\n"
+"de la date de publication. Si vous ne savez pas précisément à quoi sert un\n"
+"serveur en particulier ou pourquoi il est installé, cliquez sur « %s ». En\n"
+"cliquant sur « %s », le serveur sera installé et le service rendu\n"
+"disponible au démarrage. !!\n"
 "\n"
 "L'option « %s » désactive les avertissements qui apparaissent à chaque fois\n"
-"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquet. Ces avertissements\n"
+"que l'installeur sélectionne un nouveau paquetage. Ces avertissements\n"
 "surviennent parce que DrakX a déterminé que pour qu'un paquetage soit\n"
 "fonctionnel, il lui en faut un autre dont il est dépendant.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -932,32 +953,35 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
 "automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
 "what it finds there:\n"
 "\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or another\n"
-"OS.\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
 "\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
 "one.\n"
 "\n"
 "If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader."
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
 msgstr ""
-"LILO et grub sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette étape est\n"
+"LILO et GRUB sont deux programmes d'amorce pour GNU/Linux. Cette étape est\n"
 "normalement complètement automatique. En fait, DrakX analyse le secteur de\n"
 "démarrage (« master boot record ») et agit en fonction de ce qu'il peut y\n"
 "lire :\n"
 "\n"
-" * Si un secteur de démarrage Windows est détecté, il sera remplacé par\n"
-"grub/LILO. Donc, vous serez capable de démarrer GNU/Linux et tout autre\n"
-"système d'exploitation.\n"
+" * si un secteur de démarrage Windows est détecté, il sera remplacé par\n"
+"GRUB/LILO. Donc, vous serez capable de démarrer GNU/Linux ou tout autre\n"
+"système d'exploitation installé sur votre machine.\n"
 "\n"
-" * si grub ou LILO est détecté, il sera remplacé par la nouvelle version;\n"
+" * si GRUB ou LILO est détecté, il sera remplacé par la nouvelle version;\n"
 "\n"
-"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche différentes options."
+"En cas de doute, DrakX affiche différentes options. En général, le « %s »\n"
+"est l'endroit le plus sûr. Si vous choisissez « %s », aucun chargeur de\n"
+"démarrage ne sera installé. À vos risques et périls."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -980,9 +1004,9 @@ msgid ""
 "configure the driver."
 msgstr ""
 "DrakX détecte maintenant tous les périphériques IDE présents sur votre\n"
-"système. DrakX recherchera aussi les périphériques SCSI. Finalement, selon\n"
-"les composantes détectées, DrakX installera tous les pilotes nécessaires à\n"
-"son fonctionnement.\n"
+"système. DrakX recherchera aussi les périphériques SCSI. Enfin, selon les\n"
+"composantes détectées, DrakX installera tous les pilotes nécessaires à son\n"
+"fonctionnement.\n"
 "\n"
 "Compte tenu de la vaste gamme de périphériques disponibles sur le marché,\n"
 "dans certains cas la détection de matériel ne fonctionnera pas. Si c'est le\n"
@@ -1021,10 +1045,10 @@ msgid ""
 "emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
 "The following are some examples:\n"
 "\n"
-"         video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
 "hda=autotune\n"
 "\n"
-"         video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
 "\n"
 " * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
 "the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
@@ -1068,10 +1092,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "matériel vidéo ou pour permettre l'émulation de la souris clavier, vu que\n"
 "les souris Apple n'ont souvent qu'un bouton. Voici quelques exemples :\n"
 "\n"
-"   video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"   	    video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
 "hda=autotune\n"
 "\n"
-"   video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"   	    video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+"   	 \n"
 "\n"
 " * Initrd : cette option peut être utilisée pour charger des modules\n"
 "initiaux avant que le périphérique de démarrage ne soit disponible, ou pour\n"
@@ -1110,14 +1136,28 @@ msgid ""
 "host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
 "language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
 "\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
 "Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
 "may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
 "box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed. Additionally, the\n"
-"\"%s\" checkbox allows you to force the system to use unicode (UTF-8). Note\n"
-"however that this is an experimental feature. If you select different\n"
-"languages requiring different encoding the unicode support will be\n"
-"installed anyway.\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
 "\n"
 "To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
 "launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
@@ -1138,14 +1178,29 @@ msgstr ""
 "d'Espagne sur votre machine, choisissez le français comme langue principale\n"
 "dans l'arborescence, et « %s », dans la section avancée.\n"
 "\n"
+"À propos de l'encodage UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode est un nouveau système\n"
+"d'encodage des caractères censé couvrir tous les langages existants.\n"
+"Cependant son intégration dans GNU/Linux est encore imparfaite. Pour cette\n"
+"raison, Mandrake Linux l'utilisera ou non selon les critères suivants :\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si vous choisissez une langue avec un encodage ayant une longue histoire\n"
+"(langages associés à « latin1 », Russe, Japonais, Chinois, Coréen, Thaï,\n"
+"Grec, Turc, et la plupart des langages « iso-8859-2 »), l'encodage\n"
+"historique sera utilisé;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Les autres langages entraîneront l'utilisation d'unicode par défaut;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Si vous demandez l'installation de plus d'une langue, et que ces langues\n"
+"n'utilisent pas le même encodage, alors unicode sera utilisé pour tout le\n"
+"système;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enfin, unicode peut aussi être utilisé quelque soit votre configuration\n"
+"des langues à utiliser, en sélectionnant l'option « %s ».\n"
+"\n"
 "Remarquez que vous n'êtes pas limité à une langue supplémentaire. Vous\n"
 "pouvez en choisir plusieurs, ou même les installer toutes en choisissant\n"
 "« %s ». Choisir le support pour une langue signifie ajouter les\n"
-"traductions, les polices, correcteurs orthographiques, etc. La case « %s »\n"
-"force le système à utiliser l'encodage unicode (UTF-8). Mais c'est une\n"
-"fonctionnalité expérimentale. Toutefois, si vous sélectionnez des langages\n"
-"qui nécessitent des encodages incompatibles, le support unicode sera\n"
-"installé de toutes façons.\n"
+"traductions, les polices, correcteurs orthographiques, etc.\n"
 "\n"
 "Pour passer d'une langue à l'autre, vous pouvez lancer l'utilitaire\n"
 "« /usr/sbin/localedrake » en tant que « root » pour changer la langue\n"
@@ -1183,13 +1238,13 @@ msgid ""
 "bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
 "operating systems!"
 msgstr ""
-"Après avoir configuré les paramètres généraux de LILO ou grub la liste des\n"
+"Après avoir configuré les paramètres généraux de LILO ou GRUB la liste des\n"
 "options de démarrage sera rendue disponible au démarrage.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si d'autres systèmes d'exploitation sont détectés, il seront\n"
 "automatiquement ajoutés au menu démarrage. Vous pouvez ici affiner votre\n"
-"configuration. Cliquez sur « %s » pour créer une nouvelle entrée;\n"
-"Choisissez une entrée, cliquez « %s » pour l'éditer, ou « %s » pour\n"
+"configuration. Cliquez sur « %s » pour créer une nouvelle entrée ;\n"
+"Choisissez une entrée et cliquez « %s » pour l'éditer, ou « %s » pour\n"
 "l'enlever. « %s » validera vos changements.\n"
 "\n"
 "Il est possible que vous vouliez limiter l'accès à ce système\n"
@@ -1200,8 +1255,8 @@ msgstr ""
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
-"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
 msgstr ""
 "Choisissez le disque dur à effacer pour installer votre partition\n"
 "GNU/Linux. Soyez prudent, toute l'information stockée sur le disque sera\n"
@@ -1215,7 +1270,7 @@ msgid ""
 "information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
 "similar to the one used during installation."
 msgstr ""
-"« %s »: en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression sera\n"
+"« %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression sera\n"
 "démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage » pour\n"
 "plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire à\n"
 "celle rencontrée lors de l'installation."
@@ -1232,7 +1287,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Options\n"
 "\n"
-"   Vous pourrez finalement choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
+"   Vous pourrez également choisir ici de démarrer l'interface graphique au\n"
 "lancement de la machine. Il est préférable de choisir « %s » si vous êtes\n"
 "en train d'installer un serveur, ou si vous n'avez pas réussi à configurer\n"
 "l'écran correctement."
@@ -1255,16 +1310,25 @@ msgid ""
 "directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
 "is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
 "\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option."
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
 msgstr ""
 "À cette étape, vous devrez déterminer le niveau de sécurité requis par\n"
 "votre système. Le niveau de sécurité requis se détermine en fonction de\n"
 "l'exposition du système à d'autres utilisateurs (s'il est connecté\n"
 "directement sur Internet par exemple) et selon le niveau de sensibilité de\n"
-"l'information contenu dans le système. Sachez que, de manière générale,\n"
+"l'information contenue dans le système. Sachez que, de manière générale,\n"
 "plus la sécurité d'un système est élevée, plus il est complexe à utiliser.\n"
 "\n"
-"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut."
+"Si vous ne savez pas quel niveau choisir, gardez la sélection par défaut.\n"
+"\n"
+"Le champ « %s » sert à indiquer l'utilisateur sur le système qui sera\n"
+"responsable de la sécurité. Les messages de sécurité lui seront adressés."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1275,7 +1339,7 @@ msgid ""
 "be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
 "Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
 "necessary.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
@@ -1312,7 +1376,7 @@ msgid ""
 "here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
 "card.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you want to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
 "now.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
@@ -1338,18 +1402,18 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: vérifiez la configuration choisie pour le clavier.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n"
-"pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n"
-"se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
+" * « %s » : vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans\n"
+"ce pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays\n"
+"ne se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
 "liste complète.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: DrakX, par défaut, configure le fuseau horaire selon le pays\n"
-"dans lequel vous êtes.\n"
+"dans lequel vous vous trouvez.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: pour vérifier la configuration actuelle de la souris. Cliquez\n"
 "sur le bouton pour modifier les options.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression\n"
+" * « %s » : en cliquant sur « %s », l'outil de configuration d'impression\n"
 "sera démarré. Consultez le chapitre correspondant du « Guide de démarrage »\n"
 "pour plus de renseignements. L'interface qui y est documentée est similaire\n"
 "à celle rencontrée lors de l'installation.\n"
@@ -1371,10 +1435,10 @@ msgstr ""
 " * « %s » : si une carte RNIS (ISDN) est détectée, elle apparaîtra ici.\n"
 "Vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton pour en modifier les paramètres.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : Si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez configurer votre accès Internet ou réseau\n"
 "local dès maintenant.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n"
+" * « %s » : il vous est ici proposé de redéfinir votre niveau de sécurité\n"
 "tel que défini dans une étape précédente ().\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : si vous avez l'intention de connecter votre ordinateur à\n"
@@ -1382,21 +1446,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "pare-feu. Consultez la section correspondante du « Guide de démarrage »\n"
 "pour plus de renseignements.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » : Si vous souhaitez changer la configuration par défaut de votre\n"
+" * « %s » : si vous souhaitez changer la configuration par défaut de votre\n"
 "chargeur de démarrage. À réserver aux utilisateurs expérimentés.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s » : vous pourrez ici contrôler finement les services disponibles\n"
-"sur votre machine. si vous envisagez de monter un serveur, c'est une bonne\n"
+"sur votre machine. Si vous envisagez de monter un serveur, c'est une bonne\n"
 "idée de vérifier cette configuration."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
 "suits your needs."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponible pour votre carte,\n"
+"Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre carte,\n"
 "avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n"
 "serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
 
@@ -1410,6 +1474,11 @@ msgid ""
 "right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
 "a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
 "\n"
+"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
+"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
+"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
+"mouse up and down.\n"
+"\n"
 "If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
 "from the list provided.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1443,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "[Entrée] pour annuler le test et retourner à la liste de choix de la\n"
 "souris.\n"
 "\n"
-"Les souris à roulette ne sont pas détectées parfois. Vous devrez alors\n"
+"Parfois, les souris à roulette ne sont pas détectées. Vous devrez alors\n"
 "sélectionner manuellement une souris dans la liste. Assurez vous de choisir\n"
 "celle qui correspond à votre modèle et au bon port de connexion. Après\n"
 "avoir pressé le bouton « %s », une image de souris apparaît. Vous devez\n"
@@ -1453,21 +1522,63 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
+"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
+"will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n"
+"les termes et conditions d'utilisation de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n"
+"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si vous en acceptez tous les\n"
+"termes, cochez la case « %s », sinon, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » pour\n"
+"redémarrer votre ordinateur."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Carte graphique\n"
+"\n"
+"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
+"cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
+"pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponibles pour votre\n"
+"carte, avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir\n"
+"le serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
 "connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
 "this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
 "configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
 "button will take you to the next step.\n"
 "\n"
 "When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"traditional modem, ISDN modem, ADSL connection, cable modem, and finally a\n"
-"simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
 "\n"
 "We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
 "all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
 "from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
 "\n"
+"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
+"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
+"those modems actually work under Mandrake Linux, some others do not. You\n"
+"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
 "You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
 "for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
 "installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
@@ -1478,13 +1589,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "aussi choisir de ne pas configurer le réseau, ou de le faire plus tard.\n"
 "Dans ce cas, cliquez simplement sur « %s ».\n"
 "\n"
-"Les types de connexion supportées sont : modem téléphonique, modem ISDN,\n"
-"connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (réseau Ethernet).\n"
+"Les types de connexion supportées sont : modem téléphonique, Winmodem,\n"
+"modem ISDN, connexion ADSL, modem câble ou simplement LAN (réseau\n"
+"Ethernet).\n"
 "\n"
 "Nous ne détaillerons pas ici chacune des configurations possibles.\n"
 "Assurez-vous seulement que vous avez toutes les informations de votre\n"
 "fournisseur de service Internet à portée de main.\n"
 "\n"
+"À propos des Winmodems Les Winmodems sont des modems de bas de gamme\n"
+"généralement intégrés à la carte mère de l'ordinateur qui ont besoin d'un\n"
+"logiciel additionnel pour fonctionner par rapport aux modems standards.\n"
+"Certains de ces modems fonctionnent avec Mandrake Linux, d'autres non. Vous\n"
+"pouvez consulter la liste des modems pris en charge chez LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
 "Vous pouvez consulter le chapitre du « Guide de démarrage » concernant les\n"
 "connexions à Internet pour plus de détails à propos des configurations\n"
 "spécifiques de chaque type de connexion. Vous pouvez également configurer\n"
@@ -1493,41 +1611,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
-"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
-"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, simply turn off your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Avant d'aller plus loin, il est fortement recommandé de lire attentivement\n"
-"les termes et conditions d'utilisations de la licence. Celle-ci régit\n"
-"l'ensemble de la distribution Mandrake Linux. Si vous en acceptez tous les\n"
-"termes, cochez la case « %s », sinon, éteignez simplement votre ordinateur."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-msgstr ""
-"Carte graphique\n"
-"\n"
-"   Le programme d'installation détecte et configure automatiquement les\n"
-"cartes graphiques présentes sur votre machine. Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous\n"
-"pouvez choisir dans cette liste la carte que vous utilisez effectivement.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Dans le cas où différents serveurs seraient disponible pour votre carte,\n"
-"avec ou sans accélération 3D, il vous est alors proposé de choisir le\n"
-"serveur qui vous conviendra le mieux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
 "time.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1566,7 +1649,7 @@ msgid ""
 "Monitor\n"
 "\n"
 "   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is correct, you can choose from\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
 "this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
 msgstr ""
 "Moniteur\n"
@@ -1583,13 +1666,13 @@ msgid ""
 "local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
 "motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
 "\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
-"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
 "also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
 "\n"
 "The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
 "remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
 "a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can used by\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
 "other machines on your local network as well."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux manipule l'heure au format GMT (« Greenwich Mean Time ») et la\n"
@@ -1682,7 +1765,7 @@ msgid ""
 "is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
 "country list."
 msgstr ""
-"« %s »: vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n"
+"« %s » : vérifiez la section du pays. Si vous ne vous trouvez pas dans ce\n"
 "pays, cliquez sur le bouton « %s » et choisissez le bon. Si votre pays ne\n"
 "se trouve pas dans la première liste, cliquez sur « %s » pour avoir la\n"
 "liste complète."
@@ -1707,7 +1790,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
 "it.\n"
 "\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
 "\n"
 "Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
 "Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
@@ -1719,8 +1802,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "qui implique la création d'un système de fichiers).\n"
 "\n"
 "Lors de cette étape, vous pouvez reformater des partitions existantes pour\n"
-"effacer les données présentes. Vous devrez alors les sélectionner\n"
-"également.\n"
+"effacer les données présentes. Vous devrez alors également les\n"
+"sélectionner.\n"
 "\n"
 "Sachez qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de reformater toutes les partitions\n"
 "existantes. Vous devez formater les partitions contenant le système\n"
@@ -1740,14 +1823,16 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Depending on the default language you chose in Section , DrakX will\n"
-"automatically select a particular type of keyboard configuration. However,\n"
-"you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your language: for\n"
-"example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss\n"
-"keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quebec, you may find\n"
-"yourself in the same situation where your native language and keyboard do\n"
-"not match. In either case, this installation step will allow you to select\n"
-"an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
+"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
 "\n"
 "Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
 "supported keyboards.\n"
@@ -1757,25 +1842,29 @@ msgid ""
 "keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
 msgstr ""
 "Selon la langue principale que vous avez choisie à l'étape , DrakX\n"
-"sélectionne le clavier approprié. Cela dit, il est possible que vous ayez\n"
-"un clavier ne correspondant pas exactement à votre langue d'utilisation.\n"
-"Par exemple, si vous habitez le Québec et parlez le français et l'anglais,\n"
-"vous pouvez vouloir avoir votre clavier anglais pour les tâches\n"
-"d'administration système et votre clavier français pour écrire de la\n"
-"poésie. Dans ces cas, il vous faudra revenir à cette étape d'installation\n"
-"et sélectionner un autre clavier à partir de la liste.\n"
+"sélectionne le clavier approprié. Vérifiez que cela correspond\n"
+"effectivement à votre configuration de clavier ou choisissez une autre\n"
+"configuration dans la liste.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cela dit, il est possible que vous ayez un clavier ne correspondant pas\n"
+"exactement à votre langue d'utilisation. Par exemple, si vous habitez le\n"
+"Québec et parlez le français et l'anglais, vous pouvez vous trouver dans la\n"
+"situation où votre language et votre configuration de clavier ne sont pas\n"
+"les même. Dans ces cas, cette étape vous permet de sélectionner un autre\n"
+"clavier à partir de la liste.\n"
 "\n"
 "Cliquez sur « %s » pour voir toutes les options proposées.\n"
 "\n"
 "Si vous choisissez un clavier basé sur un alphabet non-latin, on vous\n"
-"demandera au prochain écran de choisir la combinaison de clés permettant\n"
+"demandera au prochain écran de choisir la combinaison de touches permettant\n"
 "d'alterner entre ceux-ci."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. The first thing you\n"
+"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
+"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
 "should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
 "bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1796,18 +1885,17 @@ msgid ""
 "   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
 "See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
-"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
-"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"\"mformat a:\")"
+" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
+"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
+"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
 msgstr ""
 "Votre installation de Mandrake Linux est maintenant terminée et votre\n"
 "système est prêt à être utilisé. Cliquez sur « %s » pour redémarrer votre\n"
-"système. Vous aurez alors le choix de démarrer GNU/Linux ou Windows (s'il\n"
-"est présent).\n"
+"système. N'oubliez pas de retirer la source d'installation(CD-ROM ou\n"
+"disquette). La première chose que vous verrez alors après que l'ordinateur\n"
+"ait fait ses propres tests matériels est le menu de démarrage, permettant\n"
+"de démarrer tous les systèmes présents sur votre machine.\n"
 "\n"
 "Le bouton « %s » (en mode Expert uniquement) permet deux autres options :\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1825,15 +1913,12 @@ msgstr ""
 "disque au complet.\n"
 "\n"
 "   Cette fonctionnalité est particulièrement pratique pour l'installation\n"
-"de multiples systèmes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Web.\n"
+"de multiples systèmes. Voir la section Auto install de notre site Internet.\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s » (*) sauve la sélection des paquetages installés. Puis, lorsque\n"
+" * « %s » sauvegarde la sélection des paquetages installés. Puis, lorsque\n"
 "vous ferez une autre installation, insérez la disquette dans le lecteur et\n"
-"accédez au menu d'aide en tapant [f1], et entrez la commande suivante :\n"
-"« linux defcfg=\"floppy\" ».\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) Vous avez besoin d'une disquette formatée avec FAT (pour la créer sous\n"
-"Linux, tapez « mformat a: »)"
+"accédez au menu d'aide en tapant [F1], et entrez la commande suivante :\n"
+"« linux defcfg=\"floppy\" »."
 
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/fr/drakx-chapter.xml
@@ -1871,7 +1956,7 @@ msgid ""
 " * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
 "originally on the hard drive.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
 "unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
 "\n"
 " * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
@@ -1920,7 +2005,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "premier disque IDE, « hdb », pour le second, « sda » pour le premier disque\n"
 "SCSI, et ainsi de suite.\n"
 "\n"
-"Pour partitionner, le disque dur sélectionné, vous pouvez utiliser les\n"
+"Pour partitionner le disque dur sélectionné, vous pouvez utiliser les\n"
 "options suivantes :\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: cette option effacera toutes les partitions sur le disque\n"
@@ -1929,14 +2014,14 @@ msgstr ""
 " * « %s »: cette option permet de créer un système de ficher ext3 et\n"
 "« Swap » dans l'espace libre sur votre disque;\n"
 "\n"
-"« %s »: permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités additionnelles :\n"
+"« %s »: permet d'accéder à des fonctionnalités supplémentaires :\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: sauve la table de partition sur un disque amovibles. Cette\n"
+" * « %s »: sauvegarde la table de partition sur un disque amovible. Cette\n"
 "option s'avère particulièrement pratique pour réparer des partitions\n"
 "endommagées. Il est fortement recommandé de procéder ainsi;\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: permet de restaurer une table de partition sauvée au préalable\n"
-"sur une disquette.\n"
+" * « %s »: permet de restaurer une table de partition sauvegardée au\n"
+"préalable sur une disquette.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: si votre table de partition est endommagée, vous pouvez essayer\n"
 "de la récupérer avec ces options. Soyez prudent et sachez que cela ne\n"
@@ -1945,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr ""
 " * « %s »: écarte les changements et charge la table de partition initiale;\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: en cochant cette case, les CD-ROM et disquettes (et autres\n"
-"support) seront chargés automatiquement.\n"
+"supports) seront chargés automatiquement.\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: utilisez cette option si vous souhaitez utiliser un assistant\n"
 "pour partitionner votre disque. Cette option est particulièrement\n"
@@ -1953,7 +2038,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: utilisez cette option pour annuler vos changements;\n"
 "\n"
-" * « %s »: permet des actions additionnelles sur les partitions (type,\n"
+" * « %s »: permet des actions supplémentaires sur les partitions (type,\n"
 "options, format) et donne plus d'informations;\n"
 "\n"
 " * « %s »: une fois le partitionnement terminé, ce bouton vous permettra de\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
index 443b32009..7d2d745b9 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
@@ -5,6 +5,155 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
+"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
+"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
+"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
+"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
+"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
+"choice after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
+"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto dovete scegliere in quali punti del vostro disco rigido\n"
+"installare il sistema operativo Mandrake Linux. Se il disco è vuoto, o se\n"
+"tutto lo spazio disponibile è occupato da un altro sistema operativo già\n"
+"installato, allora dovrete creare o modificare le partizioni. In breve,\n"
+"partizionare un disco rigido consiste nel suddividerlo logicamente in più\n"
+"zone in maniera da creare lo spazio necessario all'installazione di\n"
+"Mandrake Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dato che gli effetti del partizionamento sono di solito irreversibili, e\n"
+"possono causare la perdita di dati se sul disco rigido è già installato un\n"
+"altro sistema operativo, questa operazione può intimidire e rivelarsi\n"
+"stressante per un utente inesperto. Per fortuna DrakX mette a vostra\n"
+"disposizione un assistente che semplifica questa procedura. Prima di\n"
+"cominciare leggete attentamente questa sezione e, soprattutto, fate le cose\n"
+"con calma.\n"
+"\n"
+"In base alla configurazione del vostro disco rigido, saranno disponibili\n"
+"diverse opzioni:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa opzione causerà un partizionamento automatico dello\n"
+"spazio libero all'interno del vostro disco rigido (o dei dischi, se ne\n"
+"avete più di uno). Non vi verrà posta nessun'altra domanda.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": l'assistente ha trovato una o più partizioni Linux già presenti\n"
+"sul vostro disco rigido; scegliete questa opzione se desiderate usarle. Vi\n"
+"verrà quindi chiesto di scegliere il punto di mount associato a ciascuna\n"
+"partizione; come opzione predefinita verranno mantenuti i punti di mount\n"
+"precedenti e, in genere, è buona norma non modificarli.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se Microsoft Windows è installato sul vostro disco rigido e\n"
+"occupa tutto lo spazio disponibile, dovrete creare spazio libero per Linux.\n"
+"Per farlo potete ridimensionare la partizione FAT o NTFS su cui è\n"
+"installato Microsoft Windows, oppure cancellare completamente la partizione\n"
+"e tutti i dati in essa contenuti (ricorrendo all'opzione ''Cancella\n"
+"l'intero disco''). Il ridimensionamento può essere effettuato evitando la\n"
+"perdita di dati, a patto che prima di procedere la partizione sia stata\n"
+"deframmentata. Vi consigliamo caldamente di fare comunque una copia di\n"
+"sicurezza dei vostri dati. Questa è la soluzione consigliata se desiderate\n"
+"usare sia Mandrake Linux che Microsoft Windows sullo stesso computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Prima di scegliere questa opzione, tenete presente che le dimensioni\n"
+"della partizione su cui risiede Microsoft Windows saranno ridotte rispetto\n"
+"a quelle iniziali. Ciò significa che avrete meno spazio libero su Windows\n"
+"per archiviare i vostri dati o installare nuovo software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se desiderate cancellare tutti i dati e tutte le partizioni\n"
+"presenti sul vostro disco rigido e rimpiazzarli con il vostro nuovo sistema\n"
+"Mandrake Linux, potete selezionare questa opzione. Fate molta attenzione,\n"
+"perché dopo aver dato conferma non potrete più tornare indietro.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se scegliete questa opzione tutti i dati sul vostro disco saranno\n"
+"cancellati. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": l'effetto di questa opzione sarà di cancellare tutto quello che\n"
+"si trova sul disco e di ricominciare da capo, ricreando le partizioni a\n"
+"partire da zero. Tutti i dati presenti sul disco andranno persi.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Se scegliete questa opzione tutti i dati sul vostro disco saranno\n"
+"cancellati. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se volete partizionare manualmente il vostro disco rigido potete\n"
+"scegliere questa opzione. Fate attenzione: è una opzione potente, ma molto\n"
+"pericolosa, e potreste facilmente causare la perdita di tutti i vostri\n"
+"dati. Pertanto la suggeriamo soltanto nel caso che abbiate già fatto\n"
+"qualcosa di simile in precedenza e abbiate una certa esperienza. Per\n"
+"ulteriori informazioni riguardo il funzionamento del programma DiskDrake,\n"
+"consultate la sezione ''Gestione delle partizioni'' della ''Guida\n"
+"introduttiva''."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Risoluzione\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui potete scegliere risoluzione e profondità di colore tra quelle\n"
+"disponibili per il vostro hardware. Scegliete le impostazioni che meglio si\n"
+"adattano alle vostre necessità (potrete cambiare la configurazione anche\n"
+"dopo l'installazione, comunque). All'interno della figura del monitor è\n"
+"rappresentato un esempio della configurazione selezionata."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
 "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
 "to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
@@ -36,11 +185,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
 "that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user\n"
-"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
-"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
-"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n"
-"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
+"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
+"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
+"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux è un sistema operativo multiutente, ciò significa che ciascun\n"
 "utente può disporre di una configurazione personalizzata, di uno spazio per\n"
@@ -83,6 +232,1410 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+msgstr ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ''C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ''N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
+"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
+"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
+"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
+"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
+"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
+"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Questo passo viene eseguito soltanto se sulla vostra macchina viene trovata\n"
+"una partizione GNU/Linux preesistente.\n"
+"\n"
+"A questo punto DrakX ha bisogno di sapere se intendete effettuare una nuova\n"
+"installazione o un aggiornamento di un sistema Mandrake Linux esistente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nella maggior parte dei casi cancella completamente il vecchio\n"
+"sistema. Dovrete usare questa opzione se volete modificare le partizioni\n"
+"dei vostri dischi o cambiarne i filesystem. Comunque, in base allo schema\n"
+"di partizionamento usato, potreste anche fare in modo da evitare di\n"
+"sovrascrivere parte dei vostri dati.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questo tipo di installazione vi permette di effettuare un\n"
+"semplice aggiornamento dei pacchetti già installati sul vostro sistema\n"
+"Mandrake Linux. Tutte le partizioni attuali del disco rigido sono\n"
+"conservate, come pure le configurazioni e i dati individuali degli utenti.\n"
+"La maggior parte degli altri passi relativi alla configurazione restano\n"
+"disponibili, come per una installazione normale.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opzione ''Aggiornamento'' non dovrebbe comportare difficoltà per sistemi\n"
+"Mandrake Linux a partire dalla versione \"8.1\", mentre non è consigliabile\n"
+"utilizzarla per aggiornare versioni di Mandrake Linux precedenti la\n"
+"\"8.1\"."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
+"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
+"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
+"install updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"È molto probabile che, al momento in cui installate Mandrake Linux, alcuni\n"
+"pacchetti siano stati aggiornati rispetto alla versione iniziale;\n"
+"potrebbero essere stati corretti degli errori, o risolti eventuali problemi\n"
+"relativi alla sicurezza. Per permettervi di beneficiare di questi\n"
+"aggiornamenti vi verrà proposto di scaricare la nuova versione dei\n"
+"pacchetti usando Internet. Scegliete \"%s\" se disponete di una connessione\n"
+"a Internet funzionante, oppure \"%s\" se preferite installare i pacchetti\n"
+"aggiornati in un secondo momento.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se scegliete \"%s\" comparirà un elenco di siti da cui poter scaricare i\n"
+"pacchetti aggiornati; dall'elenco dovreste scegliere il sito a voi più\n"
+"vicino. Comparirà quindi una finestra di selezione pacchetti: controllate\n"
+"la lista e cliccate su \"%s\" per scaricare e installare i pacchetti\n"
+"selezionati, o su \"%s\" per annullare l'operazione."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+msgstr ""
+"Grazie a questa finestra di dialogo potrete impostare con precisione i\n"
+"parametri del bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": avete tre scelte a disposizione:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": se preferite GRUB (menu in modo testo);\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": se preferite LILO nella sua versione con menu in modo testo;\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": se preferite LILO con la sua interfaccia grafica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nella maggior parte dei casi non sarà necessario cambiare le\n"
+"impostazioni predefinite (\"%s\"), ma, se lo preferite, il bootloader può\n"
+"essere installato sul secondo disco rigido (\"%s\"), o persino su un floppy\n"
+"(\"%s\").\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": è il tempo lasciato all'utente per scegliere una voce diversa da\n"
+"quella predefinita nel menu del bootloader, dopo l'accensione del computer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI è un nuovo standard (comparso durante il 2002) per la\n"
+"gestione del risparmio energetico, in particolare per i portatili. Se\n"
+"sapete che il vostro hardware lo supporta e ne avete bisogno, attivate\n"
+"questa opzione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se avete notato problemi hardware nel vostro sistema (conflitti\n"
+"di IRQ, instabilità, blocchi del sistema...), potreste provare a\n"
+"selezionare questa casella, per disattivare l'APIC.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Prestate particolare attenzione al fatto che, se scegliete di non\n"
+"installare un bootloader, dovete essere sicuri di poter avviare il vostro\n"
+"sistema Mandrake Linux in qualche modo! Accertatevi di sapere quello che\n"
+"fate prima di modificare qualcuna delle opzioni. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" di questa finestra avrete la possibilità di\n"
+"scegliere tra molte opzioni avanzate, riservate agli utenti esperti."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Sul vostro disco rigido è stata individuata più di una partizione\n"
+"Microsoft. Scegliete quella che deve essere ridimensionata in modo da poter\n"
+"installare il vostro nuovo sistema operativo Mandrake Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ogni partizione è elencata in questo modo: \"nome Linux\", \"nome Windows\"\n"
+"\"Dimensione\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"nome Linux\" è composto da: \"tipo di disco rigido\", \"numero del\n"
+"disco\", \"numero della partizione\" (ad esempio, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"tipo di disco rigido\" è \"hd\" se il disco è di tipo IDE, e \"sd\"\n"
+"se, invece, è un disco SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"numero del disco\" è sempre una lettera che segue \"hd\" o \"sd\". Per\n"
+"i dischi IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" significa \"disco master sul canale IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" significa \"disco slave sul canale IDE primario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" significa \"disco master sul canale IDE secondario\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" significa \"disco slave sul canale IDE secondario\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Per i dischi di tipo SCSI, invece, una \"a\" rappresenta \"l'ID SCSI più\n"
+"basso\", una \"b\" indica \"il secondo ID SCSI a partire dal basso\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Il \"nome Windows\" è la lettera con cui viene indicato il vostro disco\n"
+"rigido su Windows (il primo disco o partizione è denominato \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
+"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (abbreviazione per ''X Window System'') è il cuore dell'interfaccia\n"
+"grafica di GNU/Linux, sul quale sono basati tutti gli ambienti grafici\n"
+"inclusi in Mandrake Linux (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep, WindowMaker, etc.).\n"
+"\n"
+"Vi verrà mostrata una lista dei parametri da configurare in modo da avere\n"
+"la miglior visualizzazione possibile: Scheda grafica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione normalmente è in grado di identificare e\n"
+"configurare automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul computer. In\n"
+"caso contrario, potete indicare in questa lista la scheda di cui disponete.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
+"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
+"adatta alle vostre necessità.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione in genere identifica e configura\n"
+"automaticamente il monitor connesso al vostro computer. Se così non fosse,\n"
+"anche in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di monitor in\n"
+"vostro possesso.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Risoluzione\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui potete scegliere risoluzione e profondità di colore tra quelle\n"
+"disponibili per il vostro hardware. Scegliete le impostazioni che meglio si\n"
+"adattano alle vostre necessità (potrete cambiare la configurazione anche\n"
+"dopo l'installazione, comunque). All'interno della figura del monitor è\n"
+"rappresentato un esempio della configurazione selezionata.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Questa voce potrebbe non comparire, con alcuni tipi di hardware.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il sistema tenterà di aprire uno schermo grafico alla risoluzione\n"
+"specificata. Se potete vedere il messaggio durante il test e rispondete\n"
+"\"%s\", allora DrakX passerà alla fase successiva. Se non potete vedere il\n"
+"messaggio, significa che la configurazione ottenuta con l'identificazione\n"
+"automatica non è corretta in qualche punto: il test terminerà\n"
+"automaticamente dopo 12 secondi, e vi riporterà al menu. Cambiate le\n"
+"impostazioni fino a ottenere una visualizzazione grafica corretta.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Opzioni\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui potete scegliere se avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n"
+"subito dopo il boot. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\" nel caso in\n"
+"cui la macchina debba funzionare da server, oppure se non siete riusciti a\n"
+"configurare correttamente il server grafico."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
+"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
+"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
+"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
+"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
+"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
+"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
+"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
+"printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
+"Center and clicking the expert button."
+msgstr ""
+"Qui potrete scegliere il sistema di stampa da usare con il vostro computer;\n"
+"altri sistemi operativi ve ne offrono uno, ma Mandrake Linux ve ne offre\n"
+"ben due. Ciascuno di essi è adatto a un particolare tipo di configurazione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- che sta per ''''print, don't queue'''' (''stampa, non mettere\n"
+"in coda''), è la scelta migliore se avete una stampante collegata\n"
+"direttamente al computer, volete essere in grado di uscire rapidamente da\n"
+"eventuali situazioni di stallo della stampante, e non disponete di\n"
+"stampanti connesse via rete (\"%s\" può gestire solo configurazioni di rete\n"
+"molto semplici ed è comunque piuttosto lento in caso di stampa in rete).\n"
+"Scegliete \"pdq\" se questa è la vostra prima esperienza con GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - ''Common Unix Printing System'' (''Sistema di stampa unificato\n"
+"per Unix''), offre risultati eccellenti per stampanti sia locali, sia che\n"
+"si trovino sull'altra faccia del pianeta. È semplice da configurare e può\n"
+"agire come server o client per il vecchio sistema di stampa \"lpd\", quindi\n"
+"è compatibile con i sistemi operativi più vecchi che potrebbero avere\n"
+"ancora bisogno di servizi di stampa. Nonostante le grandi potenzialità, la\n"
+"sua configurazione di base è semplice quasi quanto quella di \"pdq\". Se\n"
+"avete bisogno di emulare un server \"lpd\" ricordatevi di attivare il\n"
+"demone \"cups-lpd\". \"%s\" dispone di interfacce grafiche per la stampa,\n"
+"per la configurazione delle opzioni della stampante e per la sua gestione.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se fate una scelta adesso e successivamente cambiate idea, potrete sempre\n"
+"scegliere un diverso sistema di stampa avviando PrinterDrake dal Mandrake\n"
+"Control Center e cliccando sul pulsante per il modo esperto."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
+"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"Adesso è il momento di indicare i programmi che volete siano installati sul\n"
+"vostro sistema. Ci sono migliaia di pacchetti disponibili per Mandrake\n"
+"Linux, e sono stati suddivisi in gruppi in base al loro campo di utilizzo,\n"
+"in modo da facilitarne la gestione.\n"
+"\n"
+"I gruppi sono a loro volta suddivisi in quattro categorie. Potete\n"
+"selezionare i pacchetti di tutte le categorie indifferentemente, quindi una\n"
+"installazione di tipo ''Workstation'' può contenere anche programmi della\n"
+"categoria ''Sviluppo''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": scegliete uno o più gruppi da questa categoria se la vostra\n"
+"macchina dovrà essere utilizzata come postazione di lavoro tradizionale.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se pensate di usare il computer per la programmazione e lo\n"
+"sviluppo di software, selezionate i gruppi a voi necessari da questa\n"
+"categoria.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qui potrete scegliere i servizi più comuni da installare se il\n"
+"computer dovrà essere usato come server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qui potrete scegliere il vostro ambiente grafico preferito.\n"
+"Dovete selezionarne almeno uno, se volete avere un sistema con interfaccia\n"
+"grafica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Spostando il puntatore del mouse sul nome di un gruppo verrà mostrato un\n"
+"breve testo di informazioni a riguardo. Se state effettuando\n"
+"un'installazione normale (non un aggiornamento) e deselezionate tutti i\n"
+"gruppi, comparirà una finestra di dialogo che vi proporrà alcune\n"
+"possibilità per eseguire una installazione minima:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installa i pacchetti strettamente necessari per avere un\n"
+"ambiente grafico funzionante;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installa il sistema base più i programmi fondamentali e la\n"
+"relativa documentazione; questo tipo di installazione può essere adatta per\n"
+"la configurazione di un server;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": provvederà all'installazione dello stretto necessario per avere\n"
+"un sistema Linux funzionante, avente come unica interfaccia la riga di\n"
+"comando. Questo tipo di installazione occupa in totale circa 65 megabyte.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se lo desiderate, potete abilitare l'opzione \"%s\", che può essere utile\n"
+"se conoscete bene i pacchetti presenti nella distribuzione o se desiderate\n"
+"avere il controllo totale di ciò che verrà installato.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se state eseguendo un'installazione in modalità \"%s\", potete\n"
+"deselezionare tutti i gruppi per evitare di installare nuovi pacchetti;\n"
+"questo metodo può tornare utile per effettuare soltanto il ripristino o\n"
+"l'aggiornamento di un sistema esistente."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+msgstr ""
+"La distribuzione Mandrake Linux è suddivisa su più CD-ROM. Se uno dei\n"
+"pacchetti selezionati si trova su un CD-ROM diverso da quello attualmente\n"
+"inserito nel lettore, DrakX provvederà, quando necessario, a espellerlo e a\n"
+"chiedervi di inserire quello corretto."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
+"connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
+"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
+"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Questo è il punto più critico per la sicurezza del vostro sistema\n"
+"GNU/Linux: state per decidere la password di \"root\". \"root\" è\n"
+"l'amministratore del sistema, ed è l'unico utente autorizzato a compiere\n"
+"aggiornamenti, aggiungere altri utenti, cambiare la configurazione globale\n"
+"del sistema, e così via. In breve, può fare tutto ciò che vuole! Questo è\n"
+"il motivo per cui dovete scegliere una password che sia difficile da\n"
+"indovinare, e se ne avete scelta una troppo facile DrakX vi avvertirà.\n"
+"Potete anche scegliere di non digitare alcuna password, ma noi vi\n"
+"consigliamo caldamente di farlo, poiché GNU/Linux è vulnerabile a errori da\n"
+"parte dell'utente esattamente come qualsiasi altro sistema operativo.\n"
+"Quindi è molto importante che sia difficile assumere il ruolo di \"root\",\n"
+"potendo quest'ultimo scavalcare ogni limitazione e, magari\n"
+"involontariamente, cancellare tutti i dati presenti sulle partizioni\n"
+"accedendovi in maniera impropria.\n"
+"\n"
+"La password ideale è costituita da un insieme di almeno 8 caratteri\n"
+"alfanumerici. Non appuntate mai da nessuna parte la password di \"root\",\n"
+"renderebbe troppo facile l'accesso al sistema da parte di estranei.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tuttavia, non scegliete una password troppo lunga o complicata, perché\n"
+"dovete essere in grado di ricordarla senza troppo sforzo.\n"
+"\n"
+"La password non verrà mostrata mentre la digitate; quindi, per ridurre il\n"
+"rischio di un errore di battitura, è necessario che venga inserita due\n"
+"volte. Se per caso però commettete lo stesso errore entrambe le volte,\n"
+"questa password ''sbagliata'' sarà quella che verrà richiesta la prima\n"
+"volta che vi connetterete al sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se volete che l'accesso al vostro computer sia controllato da un server di\n"
+"autenticazione, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Se la vostra rete utilizza per l'autenticazione i servizi LDAP, NIS, o il\n"
+"PDC di un dominio Windows, selezionate il pulsante appropriato. Se non\n"
+"siete sicuri sulla scelta da fare, chiedete al vostro amministratore di\n"
+"rete.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se per qualche motivo per voi fosse un problema dovervi ricordare una\n"
+"password, se il vostro computer non sarà mai collegato a Internet, e se\n"
+"avete piena fiducia nelle persone che lo useranno, allora potete ricorrere\n"
+"all'opzione \"%s\"."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" se volete cancellare tutte le partizioni e i\n"
+"dati presenti sul disco rigido. Pensate bene a ciò che state facendo,\n"
+"perché dopo aver cliccato su \"%s\" non potrete più recuperare nulla di\n"
+"quello che avete cancellato, compresi eventuali dati di Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" per annullare questa operazione senza che vada perso\n"
+"niente dei dati o delle partizioni che sono sul disco."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
+"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Ora, se avete scelto di indicare i pacchetti su base individuale, potrete\n"
+"vedere una struttura ad albero contenente tutti i pacchetti organizzati in\n"
+"gruppi e sottogruppi. Scorrendo questa lista gerarchica potete selezionare\n"
+"interi gruppi, sottogruppi o singoli pacchetti.\n"
+"\n"
+"Quando selezionate un pacchetto all'interno dell'albero ne compare una\n"
+"descrizione sulla destra, per aiutarvi a capire a cosa serva quel\n"
+"particolare pacchetto.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Se avete selezionato un pacchetto che offre un servizio come server\n"
+"(intenzionalmente, oppure perché faceva parte di un gruppo), vi verrà\n"
+"chiesta conferma per la sua effettiva installazione. Come opzione\n"
+"predefinita, in Mandrake Linux tutti i servizi installati vengono attivati\n"
+"automaticamente all'avvio. Sebbene si tratti di servizi sicuri ed esenti da\n"
+"problemi noti al momento della pubblicazione, non è escluso che possano\n"
+"essere scoperte falle di sicurezza al loro interno solo in seguito a tale\n"
+"data. Quindi, se non avete idea di cosa faccia un particolare servizio o\n"
+"del perché debba essere installato, cliccate su \"%s\". Scegliendo \"%s\",\n"
+"invece, i servizi elencati saranno installati e attivati in automatico\n"
+"all'avvio del sistema. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opzione \"%s\" vi permette di disabilitare la finestra di avvertimento\n"
+"che compare tutte le volte che il programma di installazione seleziona\n"
+"automaticamente qualche pacchetto per risolvere un problema di dipendenze.\n"
+"Alcuni pacchetti, infatti, hanno delle relazioni di dipendenza con altri\n"
+"pacchetti (''dipendenze''), e non possono essere installati se non vengono\n"
+"installati prima questi ultimi. Il programma può determinare in modo\n"
+"automatico quali altri pacchetti sono indispensabili a un dato pacchetto\n"
+"perché quest'ultimo possa essere installato con successo.\n"
+"\n"
+"La piccola icona a forma di dischetto in fondo alla lista vi permette di\n"
+"caricare un elenco di pacchetti scelti durante una precedente\n"
+"installazione. Può risultare utile, ad esempio, se avete la necessità di\n"
+"configurare allo stesso modo diverse macchine. Cliccando su questa icona vi\n"
+"verrà chiesto di inserire un dischetto che dovreste aver creato alla fine\n"
+"di un'altra installazione. Leggete le informazioni all'ultimo passo della\n"
+"procedura di installazione per sapere come creare questo dischetto."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO e GRUB sono due ''bootloader'' per GNU/Linux. Un bootloader è un\n"
+"programma per l'avvio di uno o più sistemi operativi. Questa fase, in\n"
+"genere, è del tutto automatica. DrakX, infatti, analizza il settore di\n"
+"avvio del disco, e si comporta in base a quello che vi trova:\n"
+"\n"
+" * se trova un settore di avvio di Windows, lo rimpiazza con uno di GRUB o\n"
+"LILO, in modo da permettervi di avviare GNU/Linux o un qualsiasi altro\n"
+"sistema operativo installato sul computer;\n"
+"\n"
+" * se trova un settore di avvio di GRUB o LILO, lo sostituisce con uno\n"
+"nuovo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se non è in grado di fare la scelta autonomamente, DrakX vi mostrerà alcune\n"
+"opzioni per l'installazione del bootloader. La soluzione più comune è\n"
+"quella di installarlo nel primo settore del disco (MBR). Si veda per\n"
+"maggiori informazioni sulla configurazione delle opzioni."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Ora DrakX rileverà eventuali periferiche IDE presenti sul computer, e\n"
+"controllerà anche l'eventuale presenza di schede SCSI PCI. Se viene\n"
+"individuata una scheda SCSI, DrakX installerà automaticamente il driver\n"
+"appropriato.\n"
+"\n"
+"Dato che il riconoscimento automatico non è un'operazione infallibile,\n"
+"DrakX potrebbe non riuscire a individuare i vostri dischi rigidi. In tal\n"
+"caso dovrete inserire manualmente i dati relativi al vostro hardware.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nel caso siate costretti a specificare manualmente il tipo di scheda SCSI\n"
+"PCI in vostro possesso, DrakX vi chiederà se desiderate impostare alcune\n"
+"opzioni al riguardo. Vi consigliamo di lasciare che DrakX esamini\n"
+"l'hardware per stabilire i parametri che dovranno essere usati per\n"
+"l'inizializzazione della vostra scheda; questo metodo in genere funziona\n"
+"senza alcun problema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se DrakX non dovesse riuscire a stabilire automaticamente i parametri da\n"
+"passare alla scheda, dovrete configurare manualmente il driver."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
+"partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+msgstr ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
+"partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the \"root\" device or ''/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ''live''.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ''novideo'' mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a ''*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"La lingua che sceglierete a questo punto sarà utilizzata per la procedura\n"
+"di installazione, per la configurazione del sistema e per la\n"
+"documentazione. Per prima cosa selezionate l'area geografica in cui vivete,\n"
+"poi la lingua che parlate.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" potrete scegliere altre lingue da installare\n"
+"sul vostro computer. La selezione di altre lingue comporta l'installazione\n"
+"dei file relativi alla documentazione e alle applicazioni per ciascuna di\n"
+"esse. Ad esempio, se il vostro computer dovrà essere usato anche da persone\n"
+"di madre lingua spagnola, potete scegliere l'italiano come lingua\n"
+"predefinita nella struttura ad albero e, nella sezione \"%s\", selezionare\n"
+"anche \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Riguardo al supporto UTF-8 (Unicode): Unicode è un nuovo standard per la\n"
+"codifica dei caratteri, progettato per supportare tutte le lingue\n"
+"esistenti. Il suo supporto su GNU/Linux è ancora in fase di sviluppo, e per\n"
+"questo motivo la sua attivazione su Mandrake Linux dipenderà dalle scelte\n"
+"effettuate dall'utente:\n"
+"\n"
+" * se scegliete lingue fortemente legate alle vecchie codifiche (lingue del\n"
+"gruppo latin1, russo, giapponese, cinese, coreano, tailandese, greco, turco\n"
+"e la maggior parte delle lingue iso-8859-2), come impostazione predefinita\n"
+"sarà usata la vecchia codifica;\n"
+"\n"
+" * per le altre lingue sarà usato Unicode come impostazione predefinita;\n"
+"\n"
+" * se vengono installate due o più lingue, e le lingue scelte non\n"
+"utilizzano la stessa codifica, allora per l'intero sistema sarà usato\n"
+"Unicode;\n"
+"\n"
+" * infine, l'uso di Unicode per l'intero sistema può anche essere imposto\n"
+"dall'utente tramite l'opzione \"%s\", indipendentemente dalle lingue\n"
+"selezionate.\n"
+"\n"
+"Va sottolineato che non siete limitati alla scelta di una sola lingua\n"
+"supplementare: potete sceglierne quante volete, o persino installarle tutte\n"
+"grazie all'opzione \"%s\". La scelta del supporto per una particolare\n"
+"lingua implica l'installazione di traduzioni, caratteri, strumenti di\n"
+"controllo ortografico e tutto ciò che riguarda quella lingua.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per passare da una lingua all'altra fra quelle installate potete utilizzare\n"
+"il comando \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\": usandolo come \"root\" cambierete la\n"
+"lingua utilizzata in tutto il sistema, mentre come utente normale\n"
+"cambierete solamente la lingua usata da quell'utente."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio, verrà\n"
+"mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata non è quella\n"
+"effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n"
+"scegliere il driver appropriato."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dopo aver configurato i parametri generali del bootloader, verrà mostrata\n"
+"la lista delle opzioni che saranno disponibili al momento dell'avvio del\n"
+"sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se sulla vostra macchina sono già installati altri sistemi operativi,\n"
+"saranno automaticamente aggiunti al menu di avvio. Potete rifinire la\n"
+"configurazione predefinita premendo \"%s\" per creare una nuova voce, o\n"
+"selezionando una delle voci esistenti e premendo \"%s\" o \"%s\" per\n"
+"modificarla o eliminarla. Cliccando su \"%s\" darete conferma delle\n"
+"modifiche effettuate.\n"
+"\n"
+"Potreste anche non voler consentire l'accesso a questi sistemi operativi a\n"
+"chiunque possa riavviare la macchina. In questo caso potete cancellare le\n"
+"voci corrispondenti ai sistemi operativi che desiderate rimuovere dal menu\n"
+"del bootloader, ma così facendo, per caricarli, avrete bisogno di un disco\n"
+"di avvio!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliete il disco rigido che volete cancellare per poter creare la nuova\n"
+"partizione su cui installare Mandrake Linux. Attenzione, tutti i dati\n"
+"presenti sul disco selezionato andranno perduti e non potranno più essere\n"
+"recuperati!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
+"similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" sarà avviato l'assistente di\n"
+"configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n"
+"''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n"
+"una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n"
+"utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Opzioni\n"
+"\n"
+"   Qui potete scegliere se avviare automaticamente l'interfaccia grafica\n"
+"subito dopo il boot. Ovviamente è opportuno rispondere \"%s\" nel caso in\n"
+"cui la macchina debba funzionare da server, oppure se non siete riusciti a\n"
+"configurare correttamente il server grafico."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliete la porta appropriata. La porta \"COM1\" su Windows, ad esempio, è\n"
+"chiamata \"ttyS0\" su GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"È ora il momento di scegliere il livello di sicurezza da impostare sul\n"
+"sistema. Come regola generale, quanto più la macchina sarà esposta a\n"
+"Internet e quanto più sono importanti i dati che dovrà contenere, tanto più\n"
+"alto dovrebbe essere il livello di sicurezza. Tenete presente, tuttavia,\n"
+"che a un livello di sicurezza più alto corrisponde in genere una minore\n"
+"facilità d'uso.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se non sapete quale scelta fare, utilizzate l'impostazione predefinita.\n"
+"Potrete comunque cambiare in seguito il livello di sicurezza tramite\n"
+"draksec, dal Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"Nel campo \"%s\" potete inserire il nome dell'utente che sarà responsabile\n"
+"per la sicurezza del computer, in modo che il sistema possa inviare a lui\n"
+"tutti i messaggi inerenti all'argomento."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto DrakX vi mostrerà un riassunto di varie informazioni che ha\n"
+"raccolto riguardo il vostro sistema. In base all'hardware installato,\n"
+"potrebbero essere visualizzate tutte le voci che descriveremo tra poco, o\n"
+"solo alcune di esse. Ogni voce è rappresentata dall'elemento che può essere\n"
+"configurato, con accanto una breve sintesi della configurazione attuale;\n"
+"cliccate sul corrispondente pulsante \"%s\" per cambiarla.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": controllate l'attuale impostazione della tastiera, e cambiatela\n"
+"se necessario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non\n"
+"corrisponde a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate\n"
+"quella corretta. Se la vostra nazione non è nella prima lista che verrà\n"
+"mostrata, cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": il fuso orario è inizialmente dedotto in automatico dalla\n"
+"nazione che avete scelto. Ma, anche in questo caso, se l'impostazione non\n"
+"fosse corretta potete usare il pulsante \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": controllate la configurazione attuale del mouse, e cliccate sul\n"
+"pulsante per cambiarla, se necessario.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" sarà avviato l'assistente di\n"
+"configurazione della stampante. Consultate il relativo capitolo della\n"
+"''Guida introduttiva'' per avere maggiori informazioni su come configurare\n"
+"una nuova stampante. L'interfaccia descritta in tale sede è simile a quella\n"
+"utilizzata nel corso dell'installazione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda audio,\n"
+"verrà mostrata qui. Se notate che la scheda audio mostrata non è quella\n"
+"effettivamente presente sul vostro sistema, potete cliccare sul pulsante e\n"
+"scegliere il driver appropriato.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": come opzione predefinita, DrakX configura l'interfaccia grafica\n"
+"impostando una risoluzione di \"800x600\" o \"1024x768\". Se questa scelta\n"
+"non vi soddisfa, cliccate su \"%s\" per riconfigurare la vostra interfaccia\n"
+"grafica.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda TV, verrà\n"
+"mostrata qui. Se disponete di una scheda TV che non è stata individuata,\n"
+"cliccate sul pulsante per cercare di configurarla a mano.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se sul vostro sistema è stata individuata una scheda ISDN, verrà\n"
+"mostrata qui. Potete cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per cambiarne i\n"
+"parametri.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": nel caso desideriate configurare adesso l'accesso a Internet o a\n"
+"una rete locale.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa voce vi permette di modificare il livello di sicurezza\n"
+"configurato in un passo precedente ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se avete in mente di connettere il vostro computer a Internet, è\n"
+"una buona idea proteggerlo contro eventuali intrusioni configurando un\n"
+"firewall. Consultate la relativa sezione della ''Guida introduttiva'' per\n"
+"ulteriori informazioni sulla configurazione del firewall.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": cliccate sul relativo pulsante per cambiare la configurazione\n"
+"del bootloader. Questa opzione dovrebbe essere utilizzata solo dagli utenti\n"
+"più esperti.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": qui potrete stabilire in dettaglio quali servizi saranno\n"
+"attivati sul vostro sistema. Se pensate di utilizzare il computer come\n"
+"server è senz'altro una buona idea controllare queste impostazioni."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
+"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
+"adatta alle vostre necessità."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
+"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
+"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
+"mouse up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
+"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
+"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
+"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
+"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
+"mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"In genere DrakX individua automaticamente il numero di pulsanti presenti\n"
+"sul vostro mouse; in caso contrario, supporrà che si tratti di un mouse a\n"
+"due tasti, e lo imposterà in modo da simulare il terzo tasto. Con un mouse\n"
+"a due tasti è infatti possibile simulare la pressione del terzo tasto\n"
+"premendo contemporaneamente il tasto sinistro e il tasto destro. DrakX,\n"
+"inoltre, distingue automaticamente tra mouse con interfaccia PS/2, seriale\n"
+"o USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se per qualche ragione volete specificare un diverso tipo di mouse,\n"
+"scegliete il modello desiderato dall'elenco che vi viene proposto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se scegliete un mouse diverso dal tipo suggerito vi verrà mostrata una\n"
+"finestra dove potrete provarlo. Provate sia i pulsanti, sia l'eventuale\n"
+"rotellina, per controllare che la configurazione sia corretta e che il\n"
+"mouse funzioni a dovere. Se il mouse non dovesse funzionare correttamente,\n"
+"premete la barra spaziatrice o il tasto [Invio] per uscire dal test e\n"
+"tornare all'elenco dei mouse.\n"
+"\n"
+"Talvolta i mouse con rotellina centrale potrebbero non essere individuati\n"
+"automaticamente; in tal caso, dovrete selezionare personalmente dall'elenco\n"
+"il modello giusto. Assicuratevi di sceglierne uno corrispondente alla porta\n"
+"alla quale è collegato il vostro mouse. Dopo aver fatto la selezione\n"
+"premete il pulsante \"%s\", e comparirà l'immagine di un mouse. Muovete la\n"
+"rotellina per controllare che funzioni a dovere; una volta che\n"
+"l'indicazione sullo schermo apparirà sincronizzata con il movimento\n"
+"effettivo della rotellina, provate i pulsanti e controllate che il\n"
+"puntatore si muova correttamente sullo schermo quando muovete il mouse."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
+"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
+"those modems actually work under Mandrake Linux, some others do not. You\n"
+"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
+"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
+"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto potete configurare la vostra connessione di rete. Se\n"
+"desiderate connettere il vostro computer a Internet o a una rete locale,\n"
+"cliccate su \"%s\". Mandrake Linux cercherà di individuare automaticamente\n"
+"dispositivi di rete e modem; se questa ricerca dovesse fallire, levate il\n"
+"segno di spunta dalla casella \"%s\". Potete anche decidere di non\n"
+"configurare la rete, o di farlo in seguito, nel qual caso potete cliccare\n"
+"sul pulsante \"%s\" per passare alla fase successiva.\n"
+"\n"
+"Durante la configurazione della rete avete a disposizione i seguenti tipi\n"
+"di connessione: tramite modem normale, tramite Winmodem, con modem ISDN,\n"
+"connessione ADSL, via cavo, e infine una semplice connessione tramite LAN\n"
+"(Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"Non possiamo descrivere in dettaglio le caratteristiche di ogni\n"
+"configurazione. In ogni caso, accertatevi di avere a portata di mano tutti\n"
+"i parametri indicati dal vostro fornitore di servizi Internet o dal vostro\n"
+"amministratore di sistema, come indirizzo IP, gateway predefinito, server\n"
+"DNS, e così via.\n"
+"\n"
+"Riguardo alla connessione tramite Winmodem: i ''Winmodem'' sono particolari\n"
+"modem integrati di fascia bassa che, rispetto ai modem tradizionali, per\n"
+"funzionare necessitano di software aggiuntivo. Alcuni di questi modem\n"
+"funzionano bene con Mandrake Linux, ma altri no. Potete consultare l'elenco\n"
+"dei modem supportati sul sito LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per maggiori dettagli riguardo la configurazione della connessione a\n"
+"Internet potete consultare il relativo capitolo della ''Guida\n"
+"introduttiva''; in alternativa, potete attendere di aver portato a termine\n"
+"l'installazione e usare poi il programma descritto in tale capitolo per\n"
+"configurare la connessione."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Scheda grafica\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione normalmente è in grado di identificare e\n"
+"configurare automaticamente la scheda grafica installata sul computer. In\n"
+"caso contrario, potete indicare in questa lista la scheda di cui disponete.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Se per la vostra scheda sono disponibili più server grafici, con e senza\n"
+"accelerazione 3D, vi verrà chiesto di scegliere il server che meglio si\n"
+"adatta alle vostre necessità."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
 "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
 "terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
@@ -97,6 +1650,93 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+msgstr ""
+"Qui potete scegliere i servizi da attivare automaticamente all'avvio del\n"
+"sistema.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX elencherà tutti i servizi disponibili con l'installazione attuale.\n"
+"Esaminateli attentamente e disabilitate quelli che non sono necessari\n"
+"all'avvio.\n"
+"\n"
+"Selezionando un servizio comparirà un breve testo che ne spiega le\n"
+"caratteristiche. Se non siete sicuri dell'utilità o meno di un servizio, è\n"
+"meglio non modificare la relativa impostazione predefinita.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! In questa fase dell'installazione dovete fare le vostre scelte con\n"
+"particolare attenzione nel caso intendiate usare il vostro computer come\n"
+"server: vi conviene evitare di attivare servizi di cui non avete bisogno.\n"
+"Ricordate che molti servizi sono potenzialmente pericolosi, se attivi su un\n"
+"server. Come regola generale, attivate soltanto quelli di cui avete\n"
+"veramente bisogno. !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   Il programma di installazione in genere identifica e configura\n"
+"automaticamente il monitor connesso al vostro computer. Se così non fosse,\n"
+"anche in questo caso potete scegliere da una lista il tipo di monitor in\n"
+"vostro possesso."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux gestisce il tempo in base al GMT (''Greenwich Mean Time'') e lo\n"
+"traduce nell'ora locale secondo il fuso orario selezionato. Tuttavia, se\n"
+"l'orologio della scheda madre è regolato sull'orario locale, è possibile\n"
+"disabilitare questa opzione togliendo il segno di spunta alla casella\n"
+"\"%s\", in modo da indicare a GNU/Linux che l'orologio hardware e quello di\n"
+"sistema devono essere regolati sullo stesso fuso orario. Questa scelta può\n"
+"tornare utile nel caso sulla macchina sia installato anche un altro sistema\n"
+"operativo, ad esempio Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"L'opzione \"%s\" farà in modo che l'orario venga automaticamente regolato\n"
+"connettendosi via Internet con un ''time server''. Perché questa opzione\n"
+"funzioni, naturalmente, dovrete disporre di una connessione a Internet\n"
+"funzionante. Vi consigliamo di scegliere un server vicino a voi nella lista\n"
+"che vi verrà mostrata. Questa opzione installerà nel sistema un vero e\n"
+"proprio time server, che potrà essere a sua volta usato anche da altre\n"
+"macchine che si trovino sulla stessa rete locale."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
@@ -164,6 +1804,114 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": controllate la selezione attuale della nazione. Se non corrisponde\n"
+"a quella in cui vivete, cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" e indicate quella\n"
+"corretta. Se la vostra nazione non è nella prima lista che verrà mostrata,\n"
+"cliccate su \"%s\" per avere la lista completa."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualsiasi partizione che sia stata appena creata deve essere formattata\n"
+"prima di poter essere usata; ''formattare'' significa creare un filesystem.\n"
+"\n"
+"Potreste anche voler formattare alcune partizioni preesistenti, per\n"
+"cancellare i dati che contengono. Se desiderate farlo, selezionatele\n"
+"all'interno dell'elenco.\n"
+"\n"
+"Tenete presente che non è necessario formattare tutte le partizioni\n"
+"preesistenti. La formattazione è necessaria per le partizioni che\n"
+"contengono il sistema operativo (come \"/\", \"/usr\" o \"/var\"), ma\n"
+"potete evitare di formattare quelle che contengono dati che desiderate\n"
+"conservare (tipicamente \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Fate molta attenzione nella scelta delle partizioni: dopo la formattazione\n"
+"tutti i dati in esse contenuti saranno cancellati e non potrete più\n"
+"recuperarli.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" quando siete pronti ad avviare la formattazione.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" se volete cambiare la scelta delle partizioni su cui\n"
+"installare Mandrake Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate su \"%s\" se desiderate selezionare alcune delle partizioni\n"
+"affinché venga controllata la presenza di eventuali blocchi danneggiati su\n"
+"di esse."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
+"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selezionerà automaticamente una particolare configurazione della\n"
+"tastiera in base alla lingua che avete scelto al punto . Controllate che la\n"
+"selezione sia quella giusta per voi, e in caso contrario modificatela.\n"
+"\n"
+"Inoltre, potreste anche avere una tastiera che non corrisponde esattamente\n"
+"alla vostra lingua: se siete un francese che parla italiano, ad esempio,\n"
+"potreste avere una tastiera francese. Oppure, se siete italiani ma vivete\n"
+"nel Québec, potreste trovarvi nella stessa situazione, con una tastiera non\n"
+"corrispondente alla vostra lingua nativa. In qualsiasi caso, questo passo\n"
+"dell'installazione vi permette di selezionare una tastiera appropriata\n"
+"dalla lista.\n"
+"\n"
+"Cliccate sul pulsante \"%s\" per vedere l'elenco completo delle tastiere\n"
+"supportate.\n"
+"\n"
+"Se scegliete una mappa di tastiera basata su di un alfabeto non latino,\n"
+"nella finestra di dialogo successiva vi verrà chiesto di scegliere una\n"
+"scorciatoia da tastiera che vi permetterà in seguito di passare dalla mappa\n"
+"latina a quella non latina e viceversa."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
 "ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
 "remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
@@ -187,20 +1935,18 @@ msgid ""
 "   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
 "See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
-"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
-"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"\"mformat a:\")"
+" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
+"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
+"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
 msgstr ""
-"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro GNU/Linux è pronto per\n"
-"essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per riavviare il\n"
-"sistema. Non dimenticate di rimuovere il disco di installazione (CD-ROM o\n"
-"floppy). La prima cosa che vedrete, non appena il computer avrà terminato\n"
-"di effettuare i test prima del boot, è il menu del ''bootloader'', che vi\n"
-"permetterà di scegliere il sistema operativo da avviare.\n"
+"Ecco fatto: l'installazione è terminata, e il vostro sistema GNU/Linux è\n"
+"pronto per essere usato. Dovete soltanto cliccare sul pulsante \"%s\" per\n"
+"riavviare il sistema. Non dimenticate di rimuovere il disco di\n"
+"installazione (CD-ROM o floppy). La prima cosa che vedrete, non appena il\n"
+"computer avrà terminato di effettuare i test prima del boot, è il menu del\n"
+"''bootloader'', che vi permetterà di scegliere il sistema operativo da\n"
+"avviare.\n"
 "\n"
 "Cliccando sul pulsante \"%s\" compariranno altri due pulsanti:\n"
 "\n"
@@ -225,11 +1971,162 @@ msgstr ""
 "sezione Installazione automatica sul nostro sito web per ulteriori\n"
 "informazioni.\n"
 "\n"
-" * \"%s\"(*): salva la selezione dei pacchetti effettuata durante\n"
+" * \"%s\": salva la selezione dei pacchetti effettuata durante\n"
 "l'installazione. Al momento di effettuare un'altra installazione, potrete\n"
 "inserire il dischetto nel lettore e installare il sistema richiamando la\n"
-"schermata di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<.\n"
+"schermata di aiuto (premendo [F1]) e digitando >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"A questo punto, dovete decidere quali partizioni devono essere usate per\n"
+"l'installazione del vostro sistema Mandrake Linux. Se sono già state\n"
+"definite delle partizioni, grazie a una precedente installazione di\n"
+"GNU/Linux o usando un altro programma di partizionamento, potete utilizzare\n"
+"quelle. In caso contrario, sarà necessario creare o modificare le\n"
+"partizioni del disco rigido.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per creare delle partizioni dovete, per prima cosa, selezionare un disco\n"
+"rigido. Potete scegliere il disco da partizionare cliccando su ''hda'' per\n"
+"il primo disco IDE, ''hdb'' per il secondo, ''sda'' per il primo disco\n"
+"SCSI, e così via.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per partizionare il disco selezionato potete scegliere fra le seguenti\n"
+"opzioni:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": questa opzione cancella tutte le partizioni presenti sul disco\n"
+"selezionato.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": vi permette di creare automaticamente partizioni ext3 e di swap\n"
+"nello spazio libero presente sul vostro disco rigido.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": permette di accedere a ulteriori funzionalità:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": salva la tabella delle partizioni su un floppy, in modo da\n"
+"poterla recuperare in un secondo momento, in caso di problemi. Vi\n"
+"raccomandiamo caldamente di effettuare questa operazione.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permette di ripristinare una tabella delle partizioni\n"
+"precedentemente salvata su floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se la vostra tabella delle partizioni è danneggiata potete\n"
+"provare a recuperarla grazie a questa opzione. Procedete con attenzione, e\n"
+"ricordate che non sempre funziona.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": annulla tutte le modifiche e ricarica la tabella delle\n"
+"partizioni originaria dal disco.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": se disabilitate questa opzione gli utenti saranno costretti a\n"
+"montare e smontare manualmente i filesystem dei dispositivi rimovibili,\n"
+"come floppy e CD-ROM.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": usate questa opzione per effettuare il partizionamento del disco\n"
+"con l'aiuto di un assistente. È consigliabile farlo se non avete una buona\n"
+"conoscenza delle procedure di partizionamento.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": usate questo pulsante per annullare le modifiche apportate, una\n"
+"per volta.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": permette di effettuare ulteriori azioni sulle partizioni (scelta\n"
+"del tipo, opzioni, formattazione) e offre più informazioni.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": quando avrete finito il partizionamento cliccate qui, e le\n"
+"vostre modifiche verranno salvate sul disco.\n"
+"\n"
+"Durante la modifica delle dimensioni di una partizione, potete utilizzare i\n"
+"tasti cursore della tastiera per impostare con precisione i valori\n"
+"desiderati.\n"
+"\n"
+"Si noti che è possibile accedere a tutti i comandi tramite la tastiera: per\n"
+"spostarvi fra le partizioni usate i tasti [Tab] e i tasti cursore [Su/Giù].\n"
+"\n"
+"Dopo aver selezionato una partizione potete usare:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c per creare una nuova partizione (se avete selezionato uno spazio\n"
+"vuoto);\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d per cancellare una partizione;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m per impostare il punto di mount.\n"
+"\n"
+"Per ulteriori informazioni in merito ai diversi tipi di filesystem\n"
+"disponibili, consultate il capitolo ext2FS del ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n"
 "\n"
-"(*) Sarà necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT; per\n"
-"crearne uno con GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\""
+"Se state effettuando l'installazione su una macchina PPC, sarà meglio\n"
+"creare una piccola partizione HFS di ''bootstrap'' di almeno 1 MB, che\n"
+"verrà utilizzata dal bootloader yaboot. Se decidete di creare una\n"
+"partizione più grande, diciamo sui 50 MB, essa potrebbe rappresentare un\n"
+"utile deposito in cui conservare un kernel di riserva e immagini di avvio\n"
+"da utilizzare in caso di emergenza."
 
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
index a0a1362e7..9b1ca10a1 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
@@ -5,6 +5,147 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
+"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
+"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
+"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
+"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
+"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
+"choice after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
+"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом шаге вам прийдется решить, куда вы хотите установить операционную\n"
+"систему Mandrake Linux на вашем жестком диске. Если ваш жесткий диск пуст,\n"
+"или существующая операционная система на нем занимает все дисковое\n"
+"пространство, вам прийдется диск переразбить (partition). Разделение диска\n"
+"в основном состоит в том, чтобы логически выделить на нем свободное\n"
+"пространство для установки вашей новой системы Mandrake Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Поскольку разделение диска - это обычно необратимый процесс и может\n"
+"привести к потере данных, если на диске уже есть установленная операционная\n"
+"система, то для начинающего пользователя это несколько напряженный и\n"
+"пугающий момент. К счастью, в DrakX существует мастер, упрощающий этот\n"
+"процесс. Пожалуйста, прочтите руководство перед началом и не торопитесь.\n"
+"\n"
+"В зависимости от конфигурации вашего жесткого диска, доступно несколько\n"
+"параметров:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эта опция означает автоматическое разделение пустого диска или\n"
+"дисков. Если вы выбираете эту опцию, то далее вопросов задаваться не будет;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": мастер определил наличие существующих разделов Linux на вашем\n"
+"жестком диске. Если вы собираетесь их использовать, выберите эту опцию. Вас\n"
+"попросят указать точки монтирования для каждого раздела. По умолчанию\n"
+"выбираются традиционные точки монтирования и вы можете вообще их не менять.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если на вашем жестком диске установлена и занимает все доступное\n"
+"место Microsoft Windows, вам нужно будет создать свободное место для данных\n"
+"Linux. Чтобы это сделать, вы можете удалить ваш Microsoft Windows раздел и\n"
+"данные (см. решение `` Очистить весь диск'') или изменить размер раздела\n"
+"FAT или NTFS Microsoft Windows. Изменение размера может проводиться без\n"
+"потери данных, особенно если вы предварительно провели дефрагментацию\n"
+"раздела Windows. Резервное копирование ваших данных настойчиво\n"
+"рекомендуется.. Рекомендуем выбрать эту опцию, если вы собираетесь\n"
+"использовать Mandrake Linux и Microsoft Windows на одном компьютере.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Перед тем, как выбрать эту опцию, вы должны осознать, что размер вашего\n"
+"раздела Microsoft Windows станет меньше, чем был. У вас будет меньше\n"
+"свободного места под Microsoft Windows для хранения данных и инсталляции\n"
+"новых программ.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" выберите эту опцию, если вы хотите удалить все данные на всех\n"
+"разделах вашего жесткого диска и заменить их новой системой Mandrake Linux.\n"
+"Будьте осторожны в этом решении, потому что после подтверждения вы не\n"
+"сможете вернуть обратно все как было.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Если вы выбираете эту опцию, все данные на вашем жестком диске будут\n"
+"удалены. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эта опция позволит просто удалить всю информацию на диске и\n"
+"начать создание разделов диска на пустом месте. Вся информация на вашем\n"
+"диске будет утеряна.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! Если вы выберете эту опцию, все данные на вашем диске будут потеряны.\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": выберите эту опцию, если вы желаете разбить ваш диск вручную.\n"
+"Будьте осторожны -- это мощная и одновременно опасная возможность. Вы\n"
+"запросто можете потерять все данные. Поэтому выбор этой опции рекомендуется\n"
+"только в том случае, если вы уже делали что либо подобное раньше и имеете\n"
+"некоторый опыт. Чтобы узнать, как использовать утилиту DiskDrake,\n"
+"обратитесь к разделу ``Управление разделами диска'' книги ``Стартовое\n"
+"руководство пользователя''."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"Разрешение\n"
+"\n"
+"   Здесь вы можете выбрать разрешение и глубину цвета из того, что доступно\n"
+"для вашего оборудования. Выберите то, что вам больше подходит (вы сможете\n"
+"это изменить после инсталляции). Пример выбранной конфигурации отображается\n"
+"на мониторе."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
 "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
 "to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
@@ -36,11 +177,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
 "that user (bash by default).\n"
 "\n"
-"When you have finished adding users, you will be proposed to choose a user\n"
-"that can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If\n"
-"you are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local\n"
-"security), choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\".\n"
-"If you are not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
+"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
+"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
+"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
 msgstr ""
 "GNU/Linux это многопользовательская система, и это значит, что каждый\n"
 "пользователь может иметь свои собственные предпочтения, файлы и так далее.\n"
@@ -82,6 +223,1359 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+msgstr ""
+"Yaboot является загрузчиком для оборудования NewWorld MacIntosh и\n"
+"используется для загрузки GNU/Linux, MacOS или MacOSX. Обычно MacOS и\n"
+"MacOSX корректно определяются и инсталлируются в меню начального\n"
+"загрузчика. Если это не так, вы можете вручную добавить пункт на этом\n"
+"экране. Будьте внимательны при выборе корректных параметров.\n"
+"\n"
+"Основные опции Yaboot\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: простой текст, отображаемый перед приглашением загрузки.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: показывает, куда вы хотите поместить информацию, требуемую\n"
+"для загрузки GNU/Linux. Обычно сначала вы устанавливаете раздел bootstrap,\n"
+"содержащий эту информацию.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: в отличие от LILO, у yaboot имеются две паузы.\n"
+"Первая пауза измеряется в секундах, и на этом этапе вы можете выбрать CD,\n"
+"OF boot, MacOS или Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: этот таймаут похож на паузу загрузки LILO. После\n"
+"выбора Linux у вас будет пауза в 0.1 секунды перед тем, как будет выбрано\n"
+"ваше описание ядра по умолчанию;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: выбор этого параметра позволит вам ввести ``C'' для\n"
+"загрузки с CD в первом приглашении загрузчика.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: выбор этого параметра позволит вам ввести ``N'' для\n"
+"загрузки Open Firmware в первом приглашении загрузчика.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: вы можете выбрать ОС, которая будет загружаться по умолчанию\n"
+"по истечении паузы Open Firmware Delay."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
+"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
+"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
+"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
+"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
+"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
+"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот шаг появляется только в случае, если на вашей машине найден старый\n"
+"раздел GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX теперь должен узнать, хотите ли вы провести новую установку или\n"
+"обновление существующей системы Mandrake Linux:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": в большинстве случаев этот вариант приведет к уничтожению старой\n"
+"системы. Если вы желаете изменить разделы вашего жесткого диска или\n"
+"изменить файловую систему, вы должны выбрать этот пункт. Однако, в\n"
+"зависимости от того, как разбит ваш диск, вам, возможно, удастся сохранить\n"
+"от перезаписи некоторые свои данные.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": этот класс установки позволит вам обновить пакеты, установленные\n"
+"в вашей системе Mandrake Linux. Текущая схема разделов диска и\n"
+"пользовательские данные останутся нетронутыми. Большинство других шагов\n"
+"будут доступны, как и при стандартной установке.\n"
+"\n"
+"``Обновление'' будет неплохо работать на системах Mandrake Linux начиная с\n"
+"\"8.1\" и выше. Проведение обновления на системах Mandrake Linux старше\n"
+"\"8.1\" не рекомендуется."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
+"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
+"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
+"install updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"В данный момент установки Mandrake Linux было бы неплохо обновить некоторые\n"
+"пакеты из исходного релиза. Некоторые баги могут быть уже исправлены и\n"
+"решены проблемы безопасности. Чтобы получить пользу от этих обновлений,\n"
+"сейчас вы можете загрузить их из Интернет. Нажмите \"%s\", если у вас есть\n"
+"работающее соединение с Интернет, или \"%s\", если вы хотели бы обновить\n"
+"пакеты позже.\n"
+"\n"
+"При выборе \"%s\" появится список мест, из которых можно получить\n"
+"обновления. Выберите ближайший к вам сервер. Затем появится дерево выбора\n"
+"пакетов: просмотрите список и нажмите \"%s\" для получения и установки\n"
+"выбранных пакетов, или \"%s\" для отмены."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот диалог позволяет тонко настроить ваш начальный загрузчик:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": существуют три варианта начального загрузчика:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": если вы предпочитаете GRUB (текстовое меню).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": если вы предпочитаете LILO с текстовым интерфейсом меню.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": если вы предпочитаете LILO с графическим интерфейсом.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": в большинстве случаев вам не прийдется менять значение по\n"
+"умолчанию (\"%s\"), но если вы желаете, начальный загрузчик может быть\n"
+"установлен на второй жесткий диск (\"%s\"), или даже на дискету (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": во время загрузки или перезагрузки компьютера пользователю\n"
+"предоставляется возможность выбрать в меню загрузчика отличный от умолчания\n"
+"вариант загрузки.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI это новый стандарт (появился в 2002 году) для управления\n"
+"питанием, в основном для ноутбуков. Если вам известно, что ваше\n"
+"оборудование поддерживает его и вам он нужен, отметьте этот пункт.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": Если у вас возникли проблемы с оборудованием машины (конфликты\n"
+"IRQ, нестабильная работа, зависания машины, ...), вам следует попробовать\n"
+"отключить APIC выбрав этот пункт.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Будьте осторожны при отмене установки начального загрузчика (нажатие\n"
+"здесь кнопки \"%s\" ведет к этому), потому что у вас должен остаться хотя\n"
+"бы один способ загрузить вашу систему Mandrake Linux! Также убедитесь в\n"
+"том, что вы знаете что делаете, когда изменяете какой-либо параметр. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"При нажатии на кнопку \"%s\" появится диалог со множеством опций для\n"
+"продвинутых пользователей."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
+"\"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+"На вашем жестом диске обнаружено несколько разделов Microsoft. Выберите\n"
+"необходимый раздел для изменения его размера с целью установки вашей новой\n"
+"операционной системы Mandrake Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Каждый раздел перечислен так: \"Linux имя\", \"Windows имя\" \"Размер\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Linux имя\" разделено на: \"тип жесткого диска\", \"номер жесткого\n"
+"диска\", \"номер раздела\" (например, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Тип жесткого диска\" это \"hd\" если ваш жесткий диск IDE и \"sd\" если\n"
+"SCSI.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Номер жесткого диска\" это всегда буква после \"hd\" или \"sd\". Для\n"
+"жестких дисков IDE:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" означает \"master жесткий диск на первичном IDE контроллере\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" означает \"slave жесткий диск на первичном IDE контроллере\";;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" означает \"master жесткий диск на вторичном IDE контроллере\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" означает \"slave жесткий диск на вторичном IDE контроллере\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Для жестких дисков SCSI \"a\" означает \"lowest SCSI ID\", \"b\" означает\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", и т.д.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Windows name\" это буква жесткого диска под Windows (первый диск или\n"
+"раздел называется \"C:\")."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
+"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X (для системы X Window) это сердце графического интерфейса GNU/Linux, на\n"
+"базе которого работают все графические среды (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, и т.д..), входящие в Mandrake Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вам будет представлен список различных параметров для получения\n"
+"оптимального графического отображения: Видеокарта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор обычно автоматически определяет и настраивает видеокарту,\n"
+"установленную в вашей машине. Если это не так, вы можете выбрать в этом\n"
+"списке карту, которая у вас действительно установлена.\n"
+"\n"
+"   В случае, когда для вашей карты доступны различные сервера, с 3D\n"
+"ускорением и без, вам предложат выбрать, какой сервер больше соответствует\n"
+"вашим потребностям.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор обычно может автоматически определить и настроить монитор,\n"
+"подключенный к вашей машине. Если ему это не удалось, вы можете\n"
+"самостоятельно выбрать ваш монитор из списка.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Разрешение\n"
+"\n"
+"   Здесь вы можете выбрать разрешение и глубину цвета из того, что доступно\n"
+"для вашего оборудования. Выберите то, что вам больше подходит (вы сможете\n"
+"это изменить после инсталляции). Пример выбранной конфигурации отображается\n"
+"на мониторе.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Проверить\n"
+"\n"
+"   В зависимости от вашего оборудования, данный пункт может либо появляться\n"
+"либо отсутствовать.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Система попытается открыть графический экран в выбранном разрешении.\n"
+"Если вы сможете увидеть сообщение во время проверки и ответить \"%s\",\n"
+"тогда DrakX перейдет к следующему шагу. Если вы не увидите сообщения, это\n"
+"значит, что часть определенной автоматически конфигурации была неверна и\n"
+"проверка автоматически завершится через 12 секунд, вернув вас в меню.\n"
+"Поправьте настройки и проверьте заново, пока вы не получите корректное\n"
+"графическое изображение.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Параметры\n"
+"\n"
+"   Здесь вы можете настроить вашу машину на автоматическую загрузку в\n"
+"графическом интерфейсе. Очевидно, что вам следует выбрать \"%s\", если ваша\n"
+"машина будет работать в качестве сервера или вам не удалось настроить\n"
+"графический режим."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
+"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
+"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
+"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
+"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
+"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
+"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
+"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
+"printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
+"Center and clicking the expert button."
+msgstr ""
+"Теперь пришло время выбрать систему печати для вашего компьютера. Другие OS\n"
+"могут предложить вам одну, а Mandrake Linux предлагает две. Каждая из\n"
+"систем является лучшей для определенной конфигурации.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- что означает ``печатать, не ставить в очередь'' (``print,\n"
+"don't queue''), это удобный вариант, если вы напрямую подключены к своему\n"
+"принтеру, вы хотите избежать проблем с зажевыванием бумаги, и у вас нет\n"
+"сетевых принтеров. (\"%s\" сможет cправиться только с очень простыми\n"
+"реализациями сетей и является для них довольно медленным.) Рекомендуется\n"
+"использовать \"pdq \" в случае, если вы только начинаете свой путь в\n"
+"GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'' (Общая система печати Unix),\n"
+"это превосходная печать на вашем локальном принтере, а также на половине\n"
+"всей планеты. Она проста в настройке и может выступать в качестве сервера\n"
+"или клиента для древних систем печати \"lpd \", поэтому она совместима с\n"
+"ранее выпущенными системами, которым возможно еще требуются сервисы печати.\n"
+"Несмотря на всю свою мощь, базовые настройки у нее проще чем у \"pdq\".\n"
+"Если вам нужно эмулировать \"lpd\", вы должны включить демон \"cups-lpd \".\n"
+"\"%s\" имеет графический интерфейс для печати или выбора параметров\n"
+"принтера и для управления принтером.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы сделаете свой выбор сейчас, а позже обнаружите, что система печати\n"
+"вам не подходит, вы сможете изменить ее, запустив PrinterDrake из Центра\n"
+"Управления Mandrake и нажав на кнопку эксперт."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
+"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"Теперь настало время определить, какие программы вы хотите установить в\n"
+"вашу систему. С Mandrake Linux поставляются тысячи пакетов и, для упрощения\n"
+"выбора, они разбиты на группы.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пакеты сортированы по группам, которые соответствуют специфике\n"
+"использования вашей машины. В Mandrake Linux пакеты сортируются по четырем\n"
+"категориям. Вы можете смешивать и сочетать приложения из различных\n"
+"категорий, например, вариант установки ``Рабочая станция'' может иметь\n"
+"приложения из категории ``Разработка''.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если вы собираетесь использовать машину в качестве рабочей\n"
+"станции, выберите одну или несколько соответствующих групп из категории\n"
+"рабочей станции.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если вы собираетесь заняться программированием, выберите\n"
+"соответствующие группы из этой категории.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если ваша машина будет работать сервером, выберите какие из\n"
+"часто используемых сервисов вы желаете установить на нее.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": здесь вам нужно выбрать предпочитаемую графическую среду. Хотя\n"
+"бы одна из них должна быть выбрана, если вы хотите работать в графическом\n"
+"интерфейсе.\n"
+"\n"
+"При наведении курсора мыши на имя группы будет показываться короткое\n"
+"пояснение к данной группе. Если вы не выберете ни одной группы в процессе\n"
+"выполнения обычной инсталляции (не касается обновления), появится диалог с\n"
+"различными опциями для минимальной инсталляции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": инсталлировать минимальный набор пакетов, необходимых для работы\n"
+"графического рабочего стола.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": установить основную систему плюс базовые утилиты и документацию\n"
+"к ним. Эта инсталляция подходит для установки сервера.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": будет установлен самый необходимый минимум пакетов для работы\n"
+"Linux системы. В это варианте вы сможете работать только в режиме командной\n"
+"строки. Общий размер этой установки занимает 65 мегабайт.\n"
+"\n"
+"ы можете отметить пункт \"%s\", который очень полезен, если вы хорошо\n"
+"знаете предлагаемые пакеты, или если вы хотите иметь полный контроль над\n"
+"тем, что будет устанавливаться.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы начали инсталляцию в режиме \"%s\", вы можете убрать выбор всех\n"
+"групп, чтобы предотвратить инсталляцию какого-либо нового пакета. Это\n"
+"полезно в случае восстановления или обновления существующей системы."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+msgstr ""
+"Инсталляция Mandrake Linux размещена на нескольких CD-ROMах. Если выбранный\n"
+"пакет находится на другом CD-ROM, DrakX будет отдавать текущий CD и просить\n"
+"вас вставить другой по мере надобности."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
+"connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
+"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
+"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Это самое важное решение в деле безопасности вашей системы GNU/Linux: вы\n"
+"должны ввести пароль \"root\". \"Root\" является администратором системы, и\n"
+"только он имеет право производить обновления, добавлять пользователей,\n"
+"изменять конфигурацию системы и так далее. Короче говоря, \"root\" может\n"
+"все! Вот поэтому вы должны придумать пароль, который трудно подобрать -\n"
+"DrakX сообщит вам, если пароль слишком прост. Как вы видите, можно вообще\n"
+"не вводить пароль, но мы серьезно советуем вам этого не делать по одной\n"
+"простой причине: не думайте, что если вы загрузили GNU/Linux, то ваши\n"
+"остальные операционные системы защищены от ошибок. Так как \"root\" может\n"
+"переступить все ограничения и непреднамеренно стереть все данные на\n"
+"разделах диска, обращаясь небрежно с разделами, то очень важно, чтобы стать\n"
+"\"root\" было трудно.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пароль должен быть сочетанием цифровых и буквенных символов и иметь длину\n"
+"не менее 8 символов. Никогда не записывайте пароль \"root\" - это делает\n"
+"очень легкой возможность скомпрометировать систему.\n"
+"\n"
+"Одно предостережение -- не делайте пароль слишком длинным или слишком\n"
+"сложным, потому что вы должны его без особых усилий запомнить!\n"
+"\n"
+"Пароль не будет отображаться на экране так же, как вы его вводите. Кроме\n"
+"того, вам прийдется повторить ввод пароля, чтобы предупредить возможность\n"
+"опечатки. Если случится так, что вы опечатались дважды, тогда этот\n"
+"``неверный'' пароль прийдется использовать при первой загрузке.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы желаете, чтобы доступ к этому компьютеру контролировался сервером\n"
+"аутентификации, нажмите на кнопку \"%s\".\n"
+"\n"
+"Если ваша сеть использует сервисы аутентификации LDAP, NIS или PDC Windows\n"
+"Domain выберите соответствующий тип \"%s\". Если не знаете что выбрать,\n"
+"спросите своего администратора сети.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если у вас возникли проблемы с запоминанием паролей, вы можете выбрать\n"
+"опцию \"%s\", если ваш компьютер не будет подключаться к Интернет и если вы\n"
+"доверяете всем доступ к своей машине."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
+"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
+"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
+"any Windows data.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" to quit this operation without losing data and partitions\n"
+"present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите \"%s\", если вы хотите удалить все данные и разделы на данном\n"
+"жестком диске. Будьте осторожны, потому что после нажатия \"%s\" вы не\n"
+"сможете восстановить данные и разделы на этом диске, включая данные\n"
+"Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажмите \"%s\" для отмены этой операции без потери данных и разделов на\n"
+"данном жестком диске."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
+"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы сообщили инсталлятору, что вы хотите самостоятельно выбрать пакеты,\n"
+"тогда он покажет вам дерево, содержащее все пакеты, разделенные по группам\n"
+"и подгруппам. Во время просмотра дерева вы можете выбирать группы\n"
+"полностью, подгруппы или отдельные пакеты.\n"
+"\n"
+"Когда вы выбираете пакет в дереве, справа появляется его описание, чтобы\n"
+"помочь вам узнать назначение этого пакета.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Если был выбран какой-либо серверный пакет, специально или он был частью\n"
+"какой-либо группы, вас попросят подтвердить, действительно ли вы желаете\n"
+"установить эти сервера. Под Mandrake Linux все установленные сервера\n"
+"запускаются по умолчанию в процессе загрузки. Даже если они безопасны и не\n"
+"имеют известных проблем на момент выпуска дистрибутива, в них могут быть\n"
+"обнаружены дыры в безопасности после выпуска данной версии Mandrake Linux.\n"
+"Если вы не знаете, зачем нужен данный сервис и что он делает, нажмите\n"
+"\"%s\". Если вы нажмете \"%s\", тогда все сервисы из списка будут\n"
+"установлены и автоматически запущены при загрузке системы. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Опция \"%s\" запрещает показ диалога предупреждения, который появляется при\n"
+"автоматическом выборе пакетов инсталлятором. Некоторые пакеты имеют\n"
+"взаимосвязь друг с другом, поэтому инсталлятору может потребоваться\n"
+"установить некоторые дополнительные программы. Инсталлятор сам определит,\n"
+"какие пакеты нужны для удовлетворения зависимостей, чтобы успешно выполнить\n"
+"установку.\n"
+"\n"
+"Маленькая иконка дискеты внизу под списком позволяет загрузить выбранный и\n"
+"записанный во время предыдущей инсталляции список пакетов. Если вы нажмете\n"
+"на эту иконку, вас попросят вставить в дисковод дискету, созданную\n"
+"предыдущей инсталляцией. Смотрите второй совет последнего шага, где описано\n"
+"как создать такой диск."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO и GRUB -- это начальные загрузчики GNU/Linux. Этот шаг обычно\n"
+"полностью автоматизирован. DrakX проанализирует загрузочный (boot) сектор\n"
+"диска и будет действовать согласно тому, что он там найдет:\n"
+"\n"
+" * если найден загрузочный сектор Windows, он заменит его на загрузочный\n"
+"сектор GRUB/LILO. Следовательно, вы сможете загружать и GNU/Linux и другую\n"
+"OS, установленную на вашей машине.\n"
+"\n"
+" * если найден загрузочный сектор GRUB или LILO, он заменит его на новый.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если возникают сомнения, DrakX спросит вас куда разместить загрузчик. В\n"
+"общем случае, \"%s\" это лучший вариант выбора. Если выбрать \"%s\", тогда\n"
+"начальный загрузчик не будет установлен вообще. Используйте этот вариант\n"
+"только если вы знаете, что вы делаете."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
+"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
+"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
+"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
+"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
+"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
+"issues.\n"
+"\n"
+"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
+"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
+"configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Сначала DrakX определит любые IDE устройства, присутствующие в вашей\n"
+"системе. Также он проверит наличие одной или больше PCI SCSI карт в\n"
+"системе. Если будет найдена SCSI карта, DrakX автоматически установит\n"
+"соответствующий драйвер.\n"
+"\n"
+"Так как обнаружение аппаратного обеспечения не всегда ошибкоустойчиво,\n"
+"DrakX может не справиться с определением ваших жестких дисков. Если это\n"
+"случится, тогда вам прийдется вручную указать ему оборудование.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вам пришлось вручную указать PCI SCSI адаптер, DrakX спросит вас,\n"
+"хотите ли вы настроить его параметры. Вы должны разрешить DrakX проверить\n"
+"специфические для карты опции, которые нужны для инициализации адаптера.\n"
+"Обычно DrakX проходит этот шаг без проблем.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если DrakX не в состоянии автоматически определить, какие параметры нужны\n"
+"оборудованию, вам прийдется вручную настроить драйвер."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
+"partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете добавить в yaboot дополнительные пункты для других операционных\n"
+"систем, альтернативных ядер или для аварийного загрузочного образа.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для других OS пункт содержит только метку и раздел \"root\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Для Linux существует несколько возможных параметров:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Метка: это просто название, которое вы должны будете ввести в строке\n"
+"приглашения yaboot, чтобы выбрать этот вариант загрузки;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Образ: это название загружаемого ядра. Обычно это vmlinux или вариант\n"
+"vmlinux с расширением.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: устройство \"root\" или ``/'' для установки вашего Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Дополнение: на оборудовании Apple опция дополнения ядра довольно часто\n"
+"используется чтобы помочь при инициализации видеооборудования или чтобы\n"
+"включить на клавиатуре эмуляцию кнопок мыши для часто отсутствующих на\n"
+"стандартных мышах Apple 2-й и 3-й кнопок. Вот несколько примеров:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: эта опция может быть использована либо для загрузки первичных\n"
+"модулей пока недоступно загрузочное устройство, либо для загрузки образа\n"
+"ramdisk в случае аварийной загрузки.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: по умолчанию размер ramdisk, как правило, составляет 4096\n"
+"Кбайт. Если вам необходимо разместить ramdisk больше, чем задано по\n"
+"умолчанию, может быть использована эта опция.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Чтение-запись: обычно раздел \"root\" сначала поднимается только для\n"
+"чтения, чтобы разрешить проверку файловой системы перед тем, как система\n"
+"``оживет''. Здесь вы можете переопределить эту опцию.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: если видеооборудование Apple окажется исключительно\n"
+"проблематичным, вы можете выбрать эту опцию для загрузки в режиме\n"
+"``novideo'' с родной поддержкой frame buffer.\n"
+"\n"
+" * По умолчанию: указывает этот пункт как выбор Linux по умолчанию, который\n"
+"выбирается простым нажатием на ENTER в строке приглашения yaboot. Этот\n"
+"пункт также будет отмечен ``*'', если вы нажмете [Tab], чтобы увидеть\n"
+"варианты загрузки."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваш выбор предпочитаемого языка повлияет на язык документации, сам\n"
+"инсталлятор и систему в целом. Выберите сначала регион, в котором вы\n"
+"находитесь, затем язык на котором вы говорите.\n"
+"\n"
+"По нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" вы сможете выбрать другие языки, которые можно\n"
+"установить на вашей рабочей станции. Таким образом будут установлены\n"
+"имеющие отношение к языку файлы системной документации и приложения.\n"
+"Например, если у вас в системе будут работать пользователи из Испании,\n"
+"выберите в дереве English как основной, и \"%s\" в дополнительном разделе.\n"
+"\n"
+"О поддержке UTF-8 (unicode): Unicode это новая кодировка, которая включает\n"
+"в себя все существующие языки. Однако ее полная поддержка в GNU/Linux пока\n"
+"находится в стадии разработки. Поэтому Mandrake Linux будет определять\n"
+"использовать ее или нет в зависимости от выбора пользователя:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Если вы выбираете языки, которые имеют свою традиционную устоявшуюся\n"
+"кодировку (языки latin1, русский, японский, китайский, корейский, тайский,\n"
+"греческий, турецкий, большинство языков с iso-8859-2), будет взята по\n"
+"умолчанию их кодировка;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Для остальных языков будет использоваться юникод по умолчанию;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Если выбираются несколько языков, имеющих различную кодировку, будет\n"
+"использован юникод по умолчанию для всей системы;\n"
+"\n"
+" * И наконец, юникод может быть также выбран по запросу пользователя,\n"
+"опцией \"%s\" не зависимо от того, какие языки выбраны.\n"
+"\n"
+"Заметим, что вы не ограничены в выборе дополнительных языков. Вы можете\n"
+"выбрать сколько угодно дополнительных языков, даже установить все языки,\n"
+"отметив пункт \"%s\". Выбор поддержки языка означает наличие переводов,\n"
+"шрифтов, проверку орфографии и т.д. для установленных языков.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для переключения между различными установленными языками в вашей системе вы\n"
+"можете запускать команду \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" с правами \"root\",\n"
+"чтобы изменить язык для всей системы. Запуск этой команды с правами\n"
+"обычного пользователя позволит изменить настройки языка для данного\n"
+"конкретного пользователя."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": если в вашей системе найдена звуковая карта, здесь это будет\n"
+"показано. Если вы увидите, что показанная звуковая карта не соответствует\n"
+"тому, что у вас реально есть в системе, вы можете нажать на кнопку и\n"
+"выбрать другой драйвер."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+msgstr ""
+"После того, как вы завершите настройку основных параметров загрузчика, на\n"
+"экране появится список параметров загрузки, которые будут доступны во время\n"
+"старта.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если на вашей машине установлены другие операционные системы, они\n"
+"автоматически будут добавлены в меню загрузки. Здесь вы можете сделать\n"
+"дополнительные настройки существующих параметров, выбрав \"%s\" для\n"
+"создания нового пункта; выбрав пункт и нажав \"%s\" или \"%s\" для\n"
+"изменения или удаления. Кнопка \"%s\" подтвердит ваши изменения.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вы можете сделать так, чтобы никто другой не мог получить доступа к\n"
+"остальным операционным системам. В таком случае вы можете удалить\n"
+"соответствующие пункты загрузки, однако, тогда вам будет нужен загрузочный\n"
+"диск, чтобы загружать остальные операционные системы!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data on this drive will be lost\n"
+"and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите жесткий диск, который нужно очистить для инсталляции вашего нового\n"
+"раздела Mandrake Linux. Будьте осторожны, все данные на нем будут потеряны\n"
+"и их нельзя будет восстановить!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
+"similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": по нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" откроется мастер настройки принтера.\n"
+"Прочитайте соответствующую главу в книге ``Стартовое руководство\n"
+"пользователя'', чтобы узнать как установить новый принтер. Представленный\n"
+"там интерфейс подобен используемому в процессе установки."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"Параметры\n"
+"\n"
+"   Здесь вы можете настроить вашу машину на автоматическую загрузку в\n"
+"графическом интерфейсе. Очевидно, что вам следует выбрать \"%s\", если ваша\n"
+"машина будет работать в качестве сервера или вам не удалось настроить\n"
+"графический режим."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
+"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Пожалуйста, выберите правильный порт. Например, порт \"COM1\" под Windows\n"
+"называется \"ttyS0\" под GNU/Linux."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом этапе DrakX позволит вам выбрать для машины желаемый уровень\n"
+"безопасности. Как правило, уровень безопасности должен быть выше, если на\n"
+"машине содержатся критические данные или машина непосредственно подключена\n"
+"к Интернет. Однако, более высокий уровень безопасности, в общем случае,\n"
+"достигается в обмен на удобство использования.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы не знаете что выбрать, оставьте выбор по умолчанию. Вы сможете\n"
+"изменить этот уровень безопасности потом с помощью утилиты draksec из\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"В поле \"%s\" системе указывается пользователь, который будет отвечать за\n"
+"безопасность. На этот адрес будут посылаться сообщения по безопасности."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"В качестве обзора DrakX представит сводку имеющейся у него различной\n"
+"информации о вашей системе. В зависимости от установленного у вас\n"
+"оборудования, вы можете увидеть все или некоторые из следующих пунктов.\n"
+"Каждый пункт состоит из конфигурационных элементов для настройки,\n"
+"сопровождаемых небольшой сводкой о текущей конфигурации. Нажмите на\n"
+"соответствующую кнопку \"%s\", чтобы изменить настройки.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": проверьте текущую настройку раскладки клавиатуры и сделайте\n"
+"поправку если необходимо.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": проверьте текущий выбор страны Если вы находитесь не в этой\n"
+"стране, нажмите на кнопку \"%s\" и выберите другую. Если ваша страна не\n"
+"присутствует в первом показанном списке, нажмите кнопку \"%s\", чтобы\n"
+"увидеть полный список.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": По умолчанию, DrakX выбирает часовой пояс, основываясь на\n"
+"выбранной вами стране. Вы можете здесь нажать на кнопку \"%s\", если\n"
+"выбранное неверно.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": проверьте текущую конфигурацию мыши и нажмите на кнопку, если\n"
+"необходимо что-либо изменить.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": по нажатию на кнопку \"%s\" откроется мастер настройки принтера.\n"
+"Прочитайте соответствующую главу в книге ``Стартовое руководство\n"
+"пользователя'', чтобы узнать как установить новый принтер. Представленный\n"
+"там интерфейс подобен используемому в процессе установки.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если в вашей системе найдена звуковая карта, здесь это будет\n"
+"показано. Если вы увидите, что показанная звуковая карта не соответствует\n"
+"тому, что у вас реально есть в системе, вы можете нажать на кнопку и\n"
+"выбрать другой драйвер.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": по умолчанию DrakX настраивает ваш графический интерфейс на\n"
+"разрешение \"800x600\" или \"1024x768\". Если вас это не устраивает,\n"
+"нажмите \"%s\" для внесения изменений в конфигурацию вашего графического\n"
+"интерфейса.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если в вашей системе была обнаружена TV карта, она будет здесь\n"
+"показана. Если у вас есть TV карта, но она не была определена, нажмите на\n"
+"кнопку \"%s\" и попробуйте настроить ее вручную.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если в вашей системе обнаружена ISDN-карта, она будет здесь\n"
+"показана. Вы можете нажать на кнопку \"%s\" для изменения связанных с ней\n"
+"параметров.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если вы хотите настроить доступ в Интернет или локальную сеть\n"
+"прямо сейчас.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": этот пункт предлагает вам переопределить уровень безопасности\n"
+"как это делалось на предыдущем шаге ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если вы собираетесь подключать вашу машину к Интернет, неплохой\n"
+"идеей будет защитить себя от вторжений извне, установив файервол.\n"
+"Прочитайте соответствующий раздел книги ``Стартовое руководство\n"
+"пользователя'', где описаны детали настройки файервола.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если вы желаете изменить конфигурацию начального загрузчика,\n"
+"нажмите эту кнопку. Эта опция предназначена для опытных пользователей.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": здесь вы сможете проконтролировать какие сервисы будут запущены\n"
+"на вашей машине. Если ваша машина будет сервером, вам стоит проверить эти\n"
+"установки."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"В случае, когда для вашей карты доступны различные сервера, с 3D ускорением\n"
+"и без, вам предложат выбрать, какой сервер больше соответствует вашим\n"
+"потребностям."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
+"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
+"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
+"mouse up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
+"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
+"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
+"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
+"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
+"mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно у DrakX не возникает проблем с определением количества кнопок вашей\n"
+"мыши. Если все-таки у него это не получается, тогда он будет рассматривать\n"
+"вашу мышь как двух-кнопочную и настроит эмуляцию трех кнопок. Третья кнопка\n"
+"двухкнопочной мыши может быть ``нажата'' одновременным нажатием на левую и\n"
+"правую кнопку. DrakX автоматически определит какой интерфейс использует\n"
+"ваша мышь: PS/2, serial или USB.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если, по каким-либо причинам, вы желаете указать другой тип мыши, выберите\n"
+"нужную мышь из предоставленного списка.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы выбираете другую мышь, отличную от выбранной по умолчанию, появится\n"
+"тестовый экран. Понажимайте кнопки и покрутите колесико для проверки\n"
+"правильности настроек и того, что мышь работает корректно. Если мышь ведет\n"
+"себя неверно, нажмите пробел или клавишу [Return], чтобы отменить\n"
+"тестирование и вернуться к списку мышей.\n"
+"\n"
+"Мыши с колесиками иногда автоматически не определяются. В этом случае вам\n"
+"прийдется выбрать свою мышь из списка. Проверьте, что вы правильно выбрали\n"
+"порт подключения мыши. Когда мышь будет выбрана и нажата кнопка \"%s\",\n"
+"появится картинка с изображением мыши. Покрутите колесико мыши для проверки\n"
+"того, что все работает правильно. Как только вы увидите, что колесико на\n"
+"экране движется синхронно с движениями настоящего колесика, проверьте также\n"
+"работу кнопок и движение курсора, который должен двигаться по экрану\n"
+"соответственно вашим перемещениям мыши."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
+"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
+"those modems actually work under Mandrake Linux, some others do not. You\n"
+"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
+"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
+"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
+msgstr ""
+"Теперь у вас есть возможность настроить ваше соединение Интернет/Сеть. Если\n"
+"вы хотите подключить ваш компьютер к Интернет или локальной сети, нажмите\n"
+"\"%s\". Mandrake Linux попытается автоматически определить сетевые\n"
+"устройства и модемы. Если автоопределение не пройдет, снимите выбор с опции\n"
+"\"%s\". Кроме того, вы можете не выбирать настройку сети или сделать это\n"
+"позже. В этом случае просто нажмите кнопку \"%s\", чтобы перейти к\n"
+"следующему шагу.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для настройки сети вам доступны следующие опции соединений: Обычное\n"
+"модемное соединение, Win-модемное соединение, ISDN модем, ADSL соединение,\n"
+"кабельный модем, и, наконец, простое подключение к LAN (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"Здесь мы не будем подробно останавливаться на каждой опции конфигурации.\n"
+"Просто убедитесь в том, что все необходимые параметры, такие как IP адрес,\n"
+"шлюз по умолчанию, DNS сервера и т.д. были вам выданы вашим поставщиком\n"
+"услуг Интернет (Internet Service Provider) или системным администратором.\n"
+"\n"
+"По поводу Win-модемного соединения Win-модемы это специальные\n"
+"интегрированные дешевые модемы, которые требуют для работы, в отличии от\n"
+"обычных модемов, дополнительное программное обеспечение. Некоторые из таких\n"
+"модемов уже работают в Mandrake Linux, некоторые нет. Список поддерживаемых\n"
+"модемов вы можете получить на LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вы можете ознакомиться с деталями настройки в главе о соединениях Интернет\n"
+"в книге ``Стартовое руководство пользователя'', или просто подождать, пока\n"
+"ваша система будет установлена и использовать описанную в этом руководстве\n"
+"программу для настройки соединения."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"Видеокарта\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор обычно автоматически определяет и настраивает видеокарту,\n"
+"установленную в вашей машине. Если это не так, вы можете выбрать в этом\n"
+"списке карту, которая у вас действительно установлена.\n"
+"\n"
+"   В случае, когда для вашей карты доступны различные сервера, с 3D\n"
+"ускорением и без, вам предложат выбрать, какой сервер больше соответствует\n"
+"вашим потребностям."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
 "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
 "terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
@@ -95,6 +1589,87 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+msgstr ""
+"Этот диалог используется для выбора сервисов, которые должны стартовать при\n"
+"загрузке системы.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX предоставит список всех сервисов, которые доступны при настройках\n"
+"текущей инсталляции. Пересмотрите их внимательно и уберите все, которые не\n"
+"являются необходимыми для старта во время загрузки системы.\n"
+"\n"
+"Вы можете получить короткие пояснения относительно сервиса, выбрав сервис в\n"
+"списке. Однако, если вы не уверены, полезен сервис или нет, лучше всего\n"
+"оставить как было по умолчанию.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! На этом этапе будьте предельно внимательны, если ваша машина будет\n"
+"сервером: возможно вы не захотите запускать сервисы, которые вам не нужны.\n"
+"Пожалуйста помните, что некоторые сервисы потенциально опасны для сервера.\n"
+"В общем, оставьте только те сервисы, которые вам действительно нужны. !!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Монитор\n"
+"\n"
+"   Инсталлятор обычно может автоматически определить и настроить монитор,\n"
+"подключенный к вашей машине. Если ему это не удалось, вы можете\n"
+"самостоятельно выбрать ваш монитор из списка."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux управляет временем в GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) и транслирует его\n"
+"в локальное согласно выбранного вами часового пояса. Если часы на вашей\n"
+"материнской плате установлены в локальное время, вы можете деактивировать\n"
+"это, убрав выбор \"%s\", что позволит GNU/Linux помнить, что системные часы\n"
+"и аппаратные часы принадлежат разным часовым поясам. Это полезно в случае,\n"
+"когда на машине размещена другая операционная система типа Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"Опция \"%s\" позволит автоматически подстраивать часы, соединяясь с\n"
+"удаленным сервером в Интернет. Естественно, чтобы это работало, вам\n"
+"необходимо соединение с Интернет. Лучше всего выбрать ближайший к вам\n"
+"сервер времени. Эта опция устанавливает на вашу машину сервер времени,\n"
+"который опционально может использоваться другими машинами в вашей локальной\n"
+"сети."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
@@ -156,3 +1731,315 @@ msgstr ""
 "Для жестких дисков SCSI, \"a\" означает \"lowest SCSI ID\", а \"b\"\n"
 "означает \"second lowest SCSI ID\", и т.д."
 
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\"%s\": проверьте текущий выбор страны Если вы находитесь не в этой стране,\n"
+"нажмите на кнопку \"%s\" и выберите другую. Если ваша страна не\n"
+"присутствует в первом показанном списке, нажмите кнопку \"%s\", чтобы\n"
+"увидеть полный список."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Все вновь созданные разделы должны быть отформатированы для того, чтобы их\n"
+"можно было использовать (форматирование означает создание файловой\n"
+"системы).\n"
+"\n"
+"На этом этапе у вас есть возможность переформатировать уже существующие\n"
+"разделы, чтобы стереть все данные, которые они содержат. Если вам это\n"
+"нужно, тогда выберите и эти разделы.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пожалуйста, имейте в виду, что нет необходимости переформатировать все\n"
+"существовавшие ранее разделы. Вы должны переформатировать разделы,\n"
+"содержащие операционную систему (такие, как \"/\", \"/usr\" или \"/var\"),\n"
+"но вам совсем не обязательно форматировать разделы, на которых содержатся\n"
+"данные, которые вы хотели бы сохранить (обычно это \"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Пожалуйста, будьте осторожны при выборе разделов. После форматирования все\n"
+"данные на выбранных разделах будут удалены и вы не сможете их восстановить.\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажмите \"%s\", когда будете готовы начать форматирование разделов.\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажмите \"%s\", если вы хотите выбрать другой раздел для установки Mandrake\n"
+"Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажмите \"%s\", если хотите выбрать разделы, которые следует проверить на\n"
+"сбойные блоки (bad blocks)."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
+"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"В зависимости от языка по умолчанию, который вы выбрали в разделе , DrakX\n"
+"автоматически подберет определенную конфигурацию клавиатуры. Проверьте, что\n"
+"выбор вам подходит или выберите другую раскладку клавиатуры.\n"
+"\n"
+"Может так быть, что у вас нет клавиатуры, которая точно соответствует\n"
+"вашему языку: например, если вы швейцарец, говорящий по-английски, у вас\n"
+"может быть швейцарская клавиатура. Или вы говорите по-английски, но живете\n"
+"в Квебеке; тогда вы можете попасть в подобную в ситуацию, когда ваш родной\n"
+"язык и клавиатура не совпадают. В любом случае, этот шаг установки позволит\n"
+"вам выбрать подходящую клавиатуру из списка.\n"
+"\n"
+"Нажмите на кнопку \"%s\" чтобы получить полный список поддерживаемых\n"
+"клавиатур.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы выбираете раскладку клавиатуры, основанную на не-латинском\n"
+"алфавите, следующее диалоговое окно позволит вам выбрать сочетание клавиш\n"
+"для переключения между латинской и не-латинской раскладками."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
+"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
+"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
+"the installation you just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
+"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
+"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
+"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+msgstr ""
+"И вот вы здесь. Установка завершена, и ваша система GNU/Linux готова к\n"
+"использованию. Просто нажмите \"%s\", чтобы перезагрузить систему. Первое,\n"
+"что вы увидите после того, как ваш компьютер закончит тестирование\n"
+"оборудования, это меню начального загрузчика, предоставляющее вам выбор\n"
+"какую операционную систему загрузить.\n"
+"\n"
+"Кнопка \"%s\" покажет еще две кнопки:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": для создания инсталляционной дискеты, с помощью которой можно\n"
+"автоматически провести инсталляцию, подобную только что проведенной, без\n"
+"участия оператора.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Обратите внимание, что после нажатия на кнопку доступны два различных\n"
+"варианта:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": это частично автоматизированная установка, в которой только\n"
+"шаг разметки диска (и только он один) требует участия.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": полностью автоматическая инсталляция: жесткий диск полностью\n"
+"перезаписывается и все данные теряются.\n"
+"\n"
+"   эта возможность очень удобна, когда нужно повторять инсталляцию на\n"
+"большом числе одинаковых машин. Смотрите раздел Auto install на нашем web\n"
+"сайте, чтобы получить больше информации.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": сохраняет выбор пакетов, сделанный в данной инсталляции. Для\n"
+"использования своей выборки пакетов для другой установки, вставьте дискету\n"
+"в дисковод и запустите установку. В приглашении нажмите [F1] и наберите\n"
+">>linux defcfg=\"floppy\"<<."
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь вам предложат выбрать, какие разделы будут использоваться для\n"
+"установки вашей системы Mandrake Linux. Если разделы были уже определены\n"
+"ранее, например, предыдущей инсталляцией GNU/Linux или другой утилитой\n"
+"разбиения дисков, вы можете воспользоваться существующими разделами. В\n"
+"противном случае, разделы жесткого диска должны быть определены.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для создания разделов сначала выберите жесткий диск. Это можно сделать,\n"
+"выбрав ``hda'' для первого IDE устройства, ``hdb'' для второго, ``sda'' для\n"
+"первого SCSI устройства и так далее.\n"
+"\n"
+"Для разметки выбранного жесткого диска вы можете использовать следующие\n"
+"опции:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эта опция удаляет все разделы на выбранном жестком диске;\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": эта опция позволяет автоматически создать ext3 и swap разделы на\n"
+"свободном пространстве вашего жесткого диска.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": открывает доступ к дополнительным возможностям:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": сохраняет таблицу разделов на дискету. Полезно для\n"
+"восстановления таблицы разделов в будущем. Очень рекомендуется произвести\n"
+"этот шаг.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": позволяет восстановить таблицу разделов, ранее сохраненную на\n"
+"дискету.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если ваша таблица разделов испорчена, вы можете попытаться ее\n"
+"восстановить, используя эту опцию. Пожалуйста, будьте осторожны и помните,\n"
+"что это может и не получиться.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": отменяет все изменения и загружает исходную таблицу разделов.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": если не выбрать эту опцию, то пользователи будут вынуждены\n"
+"вручную монтировать и размонтировать съемные носители типа дискет и\n"
+"CD-ROMов.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": используйте эту опцию, если вы желаете провести разметку диска с\n"
+"помощью мастера. Это рекомендуется тем, кто не имеет достаточного опыта в\n"
+"разбиении дисков.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": используйте эту опцию для отмены ваших изменений.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": позволяет производить дополнительные действия над разделами\n"
+"(тип, опции, формат) и предоставляет больше информации о жестком диске.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": когда вы закончите разметку своего жесткого диска, нажмите сюда\n"
+"чтобы сохранить изменения на диск.\n"
+"\n"
+"При определении размера раздела, вы можете установить размер раздела,\n"
+"используя клавиши со стрелками на вашей клавиатуре.\n"
+"\n"
+"Замечание: вы можете добраться до любой из опций используя клавиатуру.\n"
+"Перемещайтесь по ним, используя клавишу [Tab] и стрелки [Up/Down].\n"
+"\n"
+"Когда раздел выбран, вы можете использовать:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c для создания нового раздела (когда выбран пустой раздел)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d для удаления раздела\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m для установки точки монтирования\n"
+"\n"
+"Чтобы получить информацию о различных доступных файловых системах,\n"
+"пожалуйста почитайте главу ext2FS из книги ``Справочное руководство''.\n"
+"\n"
+"Если вы производите инсталляцию на PPC машину, вам потребуется создать\n"
+"маленький HFS ``bootstrap'' раздел, не больше 1MB, который будет\n"
+"использоваться загрузчиком yaboot. Если вы решите сделать раздел чуть\n"
+"больше, скажем 50MB, то вы найдете полезное место для хранения spare kernel\n"
+"и ramdisk образов для загрузки в аварийных ситуациях."
+
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-zh_CN.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-zh_CN.pot
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..43d29355d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-zh_CN.pot
@@ -0,0 +1,1551 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
+"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
+"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
+"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
+"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
+"\n"
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
+"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
+"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
+"\n"
+"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
+"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
+"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
+"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
+"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
+"a good idea to keep them.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
+"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
+"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
+"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
+"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
+"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
+"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
+"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
+"the same computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
+"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
+"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
+"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
+"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
+"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
+"choice after you confirm.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
+"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
+"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
+"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
+"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
+"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
+"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
+msgstr ""
+"在这一步里，您需要决定您想要将 Mandrake Linux\n"
+"操作系统安装到硬盘的何处。如果您的硬盘完全是空的，或者已有操作系统使用了所有的空间，您就必须要对硬盘进行分区。粗略的说，对硬盘进行分区就是将其划分成几个逻辑上不同的部分，以便创建安装您新的\n"
+"Mandrake Linux 系统所需的空间。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"对硬盘进行分区通常是不可恢复的。并且，如果在该硬盘上已经安装了操作系统的话，将可能最终导致数据丢失。所以，对于没有经验的用户来说，分区是十分危险的操作。所幸的是，DrakX\n"
+"所包含的向导能够显著简化这一过程。在继续这一步骤之前，请花点时间仔细阅读本节及以上的所有内容。\n"
+"\n"
+"根据您的硬盘配置不同，您可从以下选项中加以选择：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：此选项将对您的空驱动器执行自动分区。如果您使用此选项，则不会有任何后续的提示。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：向导检测到了硬盘上有一个或多个已有的 Linux\n"
+"分区。如果您想要使用这些分区，请选择此选项。稍后，安装程序会让您选择与每个分区关联的挂载点。先前的挂载点默认已经选中了，而您所需要做的仅仅是保留这些选项。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果在您的硬盘上安装了 Microsoft Windows，而该操作系统占用了所有的空间，您就需要为 GNU/Linux\n"
+"创建剩余空间。要完成这一操作，您可以删除您的 Microsoft Windows 分区和数据(参看``删除整个磁盘''方案)，或者更改\n"
+"Microsoft Windows FAT 或 NTFS 分区的大小。更改分区大小通常不会造成任何数据丢失，但您必须事先对 Windows\n"
+"分区进行了磁盘碎片整理。我们强烈推荐您事先备份您的数据。如果您想要在同一台计算机上使用 Mandrake Linux 和 Microsoft\n"
+"Windows，则推荐使用此选项。\n"
+"\n"
+"   注意，在执行这一过程之后，您原有的 Microsoft Windows 分区将会被先前小一些。而您在 Microsoft Windows\n"
+"下可用来存储数据或安装新软件的剩余空间也会变少。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您想要删除硬盘上的全部数据和全部分区，并将其替换为全新的 Mandrake Linux\n"
+"系统，请选择此选项。请额外小心，因为在您确认之后，此操作无法撤销。\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! 如果您选择了此选项，您硬盘上的全部数据都将被删除。 !!\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：这将删除硬盘上的全部内容，然后从头开始进行分区。您硬盘上的全部数据都将丢失。\n"
+"\n"
+"   !! 如果您选择了此选项，您硬盘上的全部数据都将被删除。 !!\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：如果您想要手动对您的硬盘进行分区，请选择此选项。请额外小心——该功能十分强大，但也很危险，您可能在不经意之间毁掉您的全部数据。这也正是为什么我们只对那些以前执行过类似操作并有些经验的用户才推荐此选项的原因。要获得关于如何使用\n"
+"DiskDrake 工具的更多说明，请参阅 ``初学者指南'' 一书中的 ``管理您的分区''一节。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+"分辨率\n"
+"\n"
+"   您可以在此选择分辨率和颜色深度，但您的硬件要支持。请选择最适合您需要的选项(您在安装完成之后仍可进行修改)。所选配置的例子会显示在显示器上。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
+"preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
+"to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
+"system administrator, the users you add at this point will not be\n"
+"authorized to change anything except their own files and their own\n"
+"configurations, protecting the system from unintentional or malicious\n"
+"changes that impact on the system as a whole. You will have to create at\n"
+"least one regular user for yourself -- this is the account which you should\n"
+"use for routine, day-to-day use. Although it is very easy to log in as\n"
+"\"root\" to do anything and everything, it may also be very dangerous! A\n"
+"very simple mistake could mean that your system will not work any more. If\n"
+"you make a serious mistake as a regular user, the worst that will happen is\n"
+"that you will lose some information, but not affect the entire system.\n"
+"\n"
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not mandatory\n"
+"-- you can actually enter whatever you like. DrakX will use the first word\n"
+"you typed in this field and copy it to the \"%s\" field, which is the name\n"
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override\n"
+"the default and change the user name. The next step is to enter a password.\n"
+"From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user password is\n"
+"not as crucial as the \"root\" password, but that is no reason to neglect\n"
+"it by making it blank or too simple: after all, your files could be the\n"
+"ones at risk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Once you click on \"%s\", you can add other users. Add a user for each one\n"
+"of your friends: your father or your sister, for example. Click \"%s\" when\n"
+"you have finished adding users.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button allows you to change the default \"shell\" for\n"
+"that user (bash by default).\n"
+"\n"
+"When you have finished adding users, you will be asked to choose a user who\n"
+"can automatically log into the system when the computer boots up. If you\n"
+"are interested in that feature (and do not care much about local security),\n"
+"choose the desired user and window manager, then click \"%s\". If you are\n"
+"not interested in this feature, uncheck the \"%s\" box."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux 是多用户系统，这意味着每个用户可拥有自己独立的首选项，以及自己的文件，等等。若要了解关于多用户系统的更多内容，建议您阅读\n"
+"``初学者指南''。但是与系统管理员 \"root\"\n"
+"不同，您在此处添加的用户所能做的更改将仅限于他们自己的文件及他们自己的配置，这可使系统免遭有意无意的破坏。您至少需要为您自己创建一个普通用户 --\n"
+"这应该是您每天所使用的主要账户。尽管以 \"root\"\n"
+"登录很容易，您可以不受任何限制的完成任何操作，但这很危险！非常低级的错误就可能让您的系统再也无法启动。如果您以普通用户的身份犯了非常危险的错误，最坏的情况也就是丢失某些信息，而不会影响整个系统。\n"
+"\n"
+"第一个域会询问您的真实姓名。当然，这并不是必需的 -- 您当然可以输入你喜欢的任何内容。DrakX\n"
+"将会使用您在此域中输入的第一个单词作为\"%s\"域的初始值，即此用户登录系统所用的名称。如果您喜欢的话，您也可以不使用默认值，而换用您喜欢的用户名。下一步就是输入密码。从安全的角度来说，非特权(普通)用户密码并没有\n"
+"\"root\" 密码那么需要保密，但是也没有理由忽视这个密码，而将其留空或设置得太简单：反正，您自己的文件将会是最危险的。\n"
+"\n"
+"您单击\"%s\"之后，您还可以添加其它用户。可以为您的每个朋友添加一个用户：例如，您的父亲或您的妹妹。当您添加完用户之后，请单击\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"单击\"%s\"按钮允许您更改该用户的默认 \"shell\"(默认为 bash)。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"当您添加完用户之后，您可以从中选择一个用户，计算机启动后将自动以该用户的身份登录到系统。如果您对此特性感兴趣(也不考虑太多的本地安全性)，请选择希望的用户和窗口管理器，然后单击\"%s\"。如果您对此特性不感兴趣，请不要选中\"%s\"框。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
+"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
+"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
+"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Take care to choose the correct\n"
+"parameters.\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
+"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
+"to hold this information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
+"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
+"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
+"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
+"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
+"at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
+"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
+"Firmware Delay expires."
+msgstr ""
+"Yaboot 是各种新一代 Macintosh 硬件的引导程序，可以用于引导 GNU/Linux、MacOS 或\n"
+"MacOSX。通常情况下，引导程序会正确检测到 MacOS 和\n"
+"MacOSX，并将它们列在引导程序的菜单中。如果不是这样，您可以在此屏幕手工输入新的选项。请仔细检查输入的参数。\n"
+"\n"
+"Yaboot 的主要选项：\n"
+"\n"
+" * 初始信息：引导提示前显示的简单文本信息。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 引导设备：表明您想要将 GNU/Linux 启动所需信息放置在哪里。通常情况下，您应当先设置一个自举分区来存放此信息。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 开放固件延迟：不像 LILO，yaboot 中有两个延迟。您可以在此选择第一个延迟，单位是秒，您可以在 CD、OF 引导、MacOS 或\n"
+"Linux 之间选择。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 内核引导延迟：此延迟与 LILO 引导延迟类似。选择 Linux 之后，您可以在选择默认内核描述之前等待多少个 0.1 秒\n"
+"\n"
+" * 启用CD引导?：选中此选项将允许您在第一个启动提示时选择``C''用 CD 启动。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 启用OF引导?：选中此选项将允许您在第一个启动提示时选择``N''用开放固件引导。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 默认操作系统：您可以选择在开放固件延迟到时后默认引导哪个操作系统。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This step is activated only if an existing GNU/Linux partition has been\n"
+"found on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
+"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
+"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
+"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
+"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
+"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
+"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
+"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
+"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
+"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"仅当在您的计算机上发现了已有的 GNU/Linux 分区，才会激活这一步骤。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX 现在需要知道您是想要执行全新安装，还是升级已有的 Mandrake Linux 系统：\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：总体来说，这将完全销毁旧系统。如果您想要更改硬盘的分区方案，或者更该文件系统，您就应该使用此选项。但是，根据您选择的分区方案，您可以让现有的数据免于覆盖。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：这一安装级别允许您更新目前安装在您 Mandrake Linux\n"
+"系统上的软件包。您的分区方案和用户数据都不会被破坏。绝大多数配置步骤仍然可用，与标准安装类似。\n"
+"\n"
+"使用``升级''选项应该在 \"8.1\" 或更新版本的 Mandrake Linux 系统上工作正常。不推荐在先于 \"8.1\" 版本的\n"
+"Mandrake Linux 系统上执行升级。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer GRUB (text menu).\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
+"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
+"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
+"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
+"default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
+"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
+"you need it, check this box.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
+"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
+"checking this box.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! Be aware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
+"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
+"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
+"options. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
+"are normally reserved for the expert user."
+msgstr ""
+"此对话框允许调整您的引导程序：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：您可选择以下三种引导程序之一：\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\"：如果您更喜欢 GRUB (文本菜单)。\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\"：如果您更喜欢文本菜单界面的 LILO。\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\"：如果您更喜欢带图形界面的 LILO。\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：通常您不需要更改默认的引导设备(\"%s\")，但是如果您愿意的话，引导程序也可以安装在第二块硬盘上(\"%s\")，甚至是软盘上(\"%s\")；\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：当开机或重新启动系统时，会在控制台中留给用户指定的时间，以便可以选择除默认值外的其它引导项。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：ACPI 是电源管理的新标准(在 2002 年出现)，主要针对便携电脑。如果您知道您的硬件支持这一功能而您需要该功能，请选中此框。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您在您的计算机上遇到了硬件问题(IRQ 冲突、不稳定、死机……)您可以选中此框来试着禁用 APIC。\n"
+"\n"
+"!! 注意：如果您在这里选择不安装开机引导程序(选择\"%s\")，您必须保证您可以通过其它方法引导您的 Mandrake Linux\n"
+"系统！不管修改任何选项，一定要清楚您在做什么！ !!\n"
+"\n"
+"单击此对话框中的\"%s\"按钮可为专家用户提供高级的选项。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
+"packages will have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have\n"
+"been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
+"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
+"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
+"install updated packages later.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
+"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
+"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
+"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
+msgstr ""
+"在您安装 Mandrake Linux\n"
+"的这个时候，很可能有些软件包在发行之后已经更新。有些故障已经被修正，有些问题已经被解决。为了利用这些更新，您最好从 Internet\n"
+"上下载它们。如果您的 Internet 连接已经可以使用，请选择\"%s\"。如果您愿意以后再升级，请选择\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"选择\"%s\"将显示一个清单，其中列出的地方都提供了更新软件包。请选择其中连接速度最快的一个，通常在您所在同一个国家会快一些。之后会出现一个可以下载的软件包清单：检查选项然后单击\"%s\"来获取并安装选中的软件包，要停止请单击\"%s\"。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
+"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
+"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
+"\n"
+"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
+"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Resolution\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
+"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
+"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
+"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Test\n"
+"\n"
+"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
+"\n"
+"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
+"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
+"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
+"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
+"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
+"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"X(代表 X 窗口系统)是 GNU/Linux 图形界面的核心部分。Mandrake Linux\n"
+"附带的所有图形环境(KDE、GNOME、AfterStep、WindowMaker 等)都依赖于该系统。\n"
+"\n"
+"您将会看到不同的参数列表，以便进行图形显示选项的更改来达到最佳状态。其中包括： 显示卡\n"
+"\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示卡。如果不幸您的显示卡未被检测出来，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示卡。\n"
+"\n"
+"   如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器，为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速，您应该在这里选择符合您需要的服务器。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"显示器\n"
+"\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示器。如果不幸您的显示器未被检测出来，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示器。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"分辨率\n"
+"\n"
+"   您可以在此选择分辨率和颜色深度，但您的硬件要支持。请选择最适合您需要的选项(您在安装完成之后仍可进行修改)。所选配置的例子会显示在显示器上。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"测试\n"
+"\n"
+"   根据您的硬件，此项可能不会出现。\n"
+"\n"
+"   系统将会以所选的分辨率打开图形屏幕。如果您在测试时可以看到提示，请回答\"%s\"，DrakX\n"
+"就会执行安装的下一步骤。如果您看不到任何提示，这意味着自动检测的某一部分不正确，测试将会在 12\n"
+"秒后自动结束，这将被您带回菜单。请更改设置，直到您能够看到正确的图形显示为止。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"选项\n"
+"\n"
+"   您可以在此选择是否想要在计算机启动的时候就切换到图形界面。显然，如果本机将用作服务器，或者您的显示配置还没有成功，您应该选择\"%s\"。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
+"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing systems\n"
+"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
+"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
+"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
+"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
+"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
+"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
+"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
+"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
+"\"lpd \" printing system, so it is compatible with older operating systems\n"
+"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
+"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
+"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
+"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
+"printer.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
+"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
+"Center and clicking the expert button."
+msgstr ""
+"现在，应该为您的计算机选择打印系统了。其它的操作系统也许只提供了一种选择，但 Mandrake Linux\n"
+"提供了两种。每种打印系统都能够在不同的配置中大展身手。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" --\n"
+"这是``不排队打印''的缩写。如果您的打印机是直接连接在这台电脑上的，您也不会打印太多的任务，更不会使用网络打印机，那么请选择本系统。(\"%s\"\n"
+"只能应付极为简单的网络情况，而且在网络中使用也很慢。)如果您从来没有使用过 GNU/Linux，那么推荐您使用\"pdq\"。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\" - ``通用 Unix\n"
+"打印系统''，不论是打印到本地打印机，还是打印到地球另一面的网络打印机，本系统都能完全胜任。它配置简单，甚至可以作为老式 \"lpd\n"
+"\"打印系统的服务器和客户机。所以即便是老得掉牙的操作系统需要打印服务的话，都可以顺畅的应用本系统。尽管它的功能十分强大，可它的基本设置仍然和\n"
+"\"pdq\" 一样简单。如果您想模拟一台 \"lpd\" 服务器，不要忘了打开 \"cups-lpd \" 守护程序。\"%s\"\n"
+"还包括一个图形界面，可用来打印或选择打印机选项，以及管理打印机。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您现在进行了选择，但稍后又发现您并不喜欢所选择的打印系统，可以轻松修改。只需从 Mandrake Control Center 中选择\n"
+"PrinterDrake，然后单击专家按钮。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
+"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
+"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
+"similar applications.\n"
+"\n"
+"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
+"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
+"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
+"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
+"``Development'' category installed.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
+"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
+"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
+"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
+"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
+"interface available.\n"
+"\n"
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
+"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
+"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
+"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
+"working graphical desktop.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
+"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
+"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
+"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
+"megabytes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
+"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
+"be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
+"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
+"updating an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+"现在该指定要在您的系统中安装哪些程序了。Mandrake Linux\n"
+"为您准备了数千个软件包。而为了使管理软件包更加容易，软件包已经按组重新进行了分配。\n"
+"\n"
+"软件包已经根据您计算机的不同用途被分成了不同的组。Mandrake Linux\n"
+"将软件包组分成了四个类别。您可以从不同的类别混合选择应用程序。也就是说，``工作站''中也可以选择安装``开发''分类中的应用程序。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您计划将您的计算机用作工作站，请选择工作站分类中的一个或多个组。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您计划使用您的计算机进行编程，请从该类别中选择相应的组。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您的计算机即将成为服务，请选择您想要安装在计算机上的公共服务。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：这里您可以选择您首选的图形环境。如果您想要试用图形界面，则至少要选择其中一个。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"将鼠标光标移动到组名之上，您会看到该组的简要描述文字。如果您在执行常规安装(与升级相对)的时候一个组也没有选中，会弹出一个对话框建议最小安装的不同选项：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：安装图形桌面所需的最少软件包。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：安装基本系统，另加基本工具及相应文档。此安装适合建立服务器。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：将安装使 Linux 系统能够正常运行的最少软件包。使用此安装，您仅仅有命令行界面。此安装的总计大小为约 65 兆字节。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您对所提供的软件包比较熟悉，或者您想要完全控制安装什么软件包，就可以选中\"%s\"选项。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您以\"%s\"模式启动安装，您可以不选择任何组，这样可以避免安装任何新软件包。这对于修复或升级已有系统很有帮助。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
+"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
+"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
+msgstr ""
+"Mandrake Linux 安装分布于多张 CD-ROM 中。如果选中软件包位于另外的 CD-ROM，DrakX 将弹出当前\n"
+"CD，并要求您插入所需的正确 CD。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
+"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
+"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
+"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
+"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
+"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
+"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
+"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
+"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
+"\"root\".\n"
+"\n"
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
+"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
+"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
+"\n"
+"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
+"must be able to remember it!\n"
+"\n"
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
+"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
+"connect.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
+"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
+"\n"
+"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
+"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
+"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
+"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
+msgstr ""
+"要保卫您的 GNU/Linux 系统，现在是最关键的一步：您需要输入 \"root\" 密码。\"Root\"\n"
+"是系统管理员，而且是唯一有权进行更新、添加用户、更改泛系统配置等操作的用户。简言之，\"root\" 可以做任何事！这就是为什么您必须选择难预测的密码\n"
+"- 如果您的密码太简单了，DrakX 会提醒您的。正如您所看到的那样，您不必非得输入密码，但是我们强烈建议您输入一个密码。GNU/Linux\n"
+"和其它任何操作系统一样容易遇到错误的操作。由于 \"root\" 可以越过所有限制并在访问分区时无意间就删除分区上的全部数据，所以成为\n"
+"\"root\" 应该很难才对。\n"
+"\n"
+"密码应该是字母和数字的无序混合，并且至少要有 8 位长。绝对不要将 \"root\" 的密码写下来 -- 这样的密码形同虚设。\n"
+"\n"
+"还有一条准则 -- 不要将密码设置得太长或太复杂，否则您自己也记不住！\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"您输入的密码不会显示在屏幕上。为了减少盲打所造成的输入错误，您需要再次输入密码。如果您碰巧两次都输错了，那么这个``不正确的''密码将成为您第一次使用时的密码。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果对此计算机的访问需要验证服务器的控制，请单击\"%s\"按钮。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您的网络使用 LDAP 或 NIS，又或者PDC Windows\n"
+"域验证服务，请选择相应的\"%s\"。如果您不知道应该使用哪种，请询问您的网络管理员。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您记住密码有困难的话，如果您的计算机不需要连接到 Internet，您也绝对信任可使用您计算机的所有人，您可以选择\"%s\"。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
+"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
+"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
+"\n"
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
+"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
+"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
+"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
+"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
+"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
+"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
+"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
+"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
+"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
+"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
+"default during boot. !!\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
+"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
+"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each them such\n"
+"that installation of one package requires that some other program is also\n"
+"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
+"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
+"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
+"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
+"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
+"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
+"create such a floppy."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"如果您通知安装程序您想要选择单个软件包，您就会看到一个树形结构，其中会按照组和子组分类显示全部软件包。浏览软件包树时，您可以选择整个组，子组或单个软件包。\n"
+"\n"
+"只要您在左侧的树中选择了软件包，右侧就会出现该软件包用途的描述。\n"
+"\n"
+"!! 如果选择了服务器软件包，不管是您特意选中的，还是因为该软件包是某组的成员，您都需要确认是否真的想要安装这些服务器。默认情况下，Mandrake\n"
+"Linux 会在启动时自动启动所有安装的服务。尽管在发行版送出时这些服务是安全的，但完全有可能在此版本 Mandrake Linux\n"
+"完成后发现了相应软件的安全漏洞。如果您并不知道特定服务的用途，或者不知道为什么要安装这些服务，请单击\"%s\"。单击\"%s\"将安装列出的服务，并且在默认启动时这些服务会被自动启动。\n"
+"!!\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"选项用于禁止在安装程序自动选择软件包以解决依赖性问题时弹出警告对话框。某些软件包之间存在着一定的关系，可能一个软件包的安装需要先安装其它程序。安装程序会自动确定要满足依赖性需要安装哪些软件包，以便顺利完成安装。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"列表底部的小软盘图标允许您装入先前安装时创建的软件包列表。如果您一次想要配置多台计算机，此选项可能非常有用。单击此图标后，您需要插入上次安装结束后创建的软盘。参看最后一步的第二条提示，其中描述了如何创建这样的软盘。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"LILO and GRUB are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
+"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
+"what it finds there:\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a GRUB/LILO\n"
+"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
+"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
+"\n"
+" * if a GRUB or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
+"one.\n"
+"\n"
+"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
+"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
+"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"LILO 和 GRUB 都是 GNU/Linux 的引导程序。通常，这一步骤是完全自动的。DrakX\n"
+"将分析磁盘的引导扇区，并根据发现的情况做出以下操作：\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果发现了 Windows 引导扇区，则将其替换为 GRUB/LILO 引导扇区。这样，您就可以装入 GNU/Linux\n"
+"或在您计算机上安装的任何操作系统。\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果发现了 GRUB 或 LILO 引导扇区，则将其替换为新的引导扇区。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果无法确定，DrakX\n"
+"将询问您将引导程序放在哪里。通常，\"%s\"是最安全的地方。选择\"%s\"将不会安装任何引导程序。除非您真的知道自己在做什么的话，否则不要使用此选项。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
+"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
+"\n"
+"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
+"partition.\n"
+"\n"
+"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
+"select this boot option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
+"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
+"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
+"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
+"The following are some examples:\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
+"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
+"boot situation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
+"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
+"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
+"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
+"You can override the default with this option.\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
+"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
+"native frame buffer support.\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
+"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
+"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
+msgstr ""
+"您可以为 yaboot 添加更多的条目，如其它的操作系统、备用的内核，或者一个紧急引导镜像。\n"
+"\n"
+"对其它操作系统，条目仅有一个标签和有关的\"根\"分区。\n"
+"\n"
+"对于 Linux，有几个可能的选项：\n"
+"\n"
+" * Label：这只是您为了选择这个开机选项将要在 yaboot 提示行输入的名字。\n"
+"\n"
+" * Image：这是要启动的内核的名字。通常是 vmlinux 或者 vmlinux 带上不同的扩展。\n"
+"\n"
+" * Root: 您安装 Linux 的\"根\"设备或``/''。\n"
+"\n"
+" * Append：在苹果的硬件中，内核的 append\n"
+"选项会经常用到，以便初始化视频硬件，或者击活键盘的鼠标键模拟，因为苹果鼠标上只有一个按键。例如：\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"hda=autotune\n"
+"\n"
+"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd：这个选项或者是用来在引导设备可用之前加载初始模块，或者在紧急引导状况中用来加载一个 ramdisk 内存文件系统。\n"
+"\n"
+" * Initrd-size：默认的 ramdisk 大小一般是 4096 字节。如果您需要分配一个大的 ramdisk，可以使用这个选项。\n"
+"\n"
+" * Read-write：通常\"root\"分区最初是以只读方式加载的，以便在系统真正开始工作之前检查文件系统。您可以设置此选项为其它方式。\n"
+"\n"
+" * NoVideo：假如苹果的视频设备引起的问题太多，您可以选择这个选项，这样可以用``novideo''模式启动，使用内建的帧缓冲支持。\n"
+"\n"
+" * Default：把这个条目设置成默认的 Linux 选择，在 yaboot 提示行按 ENTER 就可以进入。如果您按 [Tab]\n"
+"列出所有启动选项这个条目前面会标记一个``*''。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
+"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
+"driver."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了声卡，则会在此处显示。如果您发现在此显示的声卡与您系统中实际安装的声卡并不相同，您可以单击该按钮选择其它驱动程序。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
+"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
+"\n"
+"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
+"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
+"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
+"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
+"changes.\n"
+"\n"
+"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
+"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
+"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
+"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
+"operating systems!"
+msgstr ""
+"在您配置了常规的引导程序参数之后，这里所列出的引导选项将会在引导的时候显示出来。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果在您的计算机上安装了其它的操作系统，DrakX\n"
+"会自动将其添加到引导菜单中。如果您想要调整已有的选项，可以单击\"%s\"创建新项；选中一项，然后单击\"%s\"或\"%s\"可执行相应操作。\"%s\"代表您同意所作的修改。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"您可能不想让可以访问控制台并能够重新启动计算机的任何人访问其它操作系统。您可以在此删除操作系统的对应选项，就可以在引导程序菜单中删除该项。但是，您必须有启动盘才能在需要的时候引导其它操作系统！"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
+"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
+"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
+"\n"
+"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
+"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
+"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
+"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
+"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
+"\n"
+"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
+"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
+"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
+"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
+"\n"
+" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
+"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
+"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
+"\n"
+" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
+"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
+"\n"
+" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
+"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
+"chosen.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
+"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
+"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
+"checkers, etc. for that language will also be installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
+"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
+"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
+"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
+msgstr ""
+"您对首选语言的选择将影响文档、安装程序及系统的总体配置。请先选择您所在的地区，然后选择您讲的语言。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"单击\"%s\"按钮以后，您可以选择要在您的工作站上安装哪些额外的语言，即为系统文档和应用程序安装特定语言的文件。例如，如果您的计算机要为繁体中文的用户提供服务，请在树视图中选择简体中文作为默认语言，然后在高级选项中选择\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"关于 UTF-8 (Unicode) 支持：Unicode 是一种新的字符编码，该编码可支持所有现存的语言。但是，在 GNU/Linux 下完全支持\n"
+"Unicode，仍然在开发和完善中。由此原因，Mandrake Linux 会根据用户的选择是否使用 UTF-8：\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果您所选的语言自身有强制性的编码(latin1 语言、俄语、日语、中文、朝鲜语、泰语、希腊语、土耳其语及大多数 iso-8859-2\n"
+"语言)，则会默认使用强制编码；\n"
+"\n"
+" * 其它语言默认会使用 Unicode；\n"
+"\n"
+" * 如果需要两种或更多种语言，而这两种语言所使用的编码并不相同，则整个系统都会使用 Unicode；\n"
+"\n"
+" * 最后，如果要强制系统使用 Unicode，而不管选中的是哪个或哪些语言，则应选中选项\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"请注意，系统没有限制您只能选择一种额外的语言。您可以选择多种语言，甚至选择\"%s\"框表明您想要安装全部语言。选择支持某种语言，意味着同时安装该语言的翻译、字体、拼写检查程序等等。\n"
+"\n"
+"要在系统中所安装的不同语言之间切换，请以 \"root\" 身份执行 \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\"\n"
+"命令，这样可以更改整个系统所用的语言。以普通用户执行该命令，只会更改特定用户的语言设置。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
+"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
+"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
+"similar to the one used during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"：单击\"%s\"按钮将打开打印机配置向导。请参看``初学者指南''中的相应章节，其中详细描述了如何设置新打印机。那里给出的界面与安装时所用的界面大体相同。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Options\n"
+"\n"
+"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
+"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
+"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
+"in getting the display configured."
+msgstr ""
+"选项\n"
+"\n"
+"   您可以在此选择是否想要在计算机启动的时候就切换到图形界面。显然，如果本机将用作服务器，或者您的显示配置还没有成功，您应该选择\"%s\"。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
+"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
+"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
+"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
+"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
+"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
+"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer who\n"
+"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"在这里，DrakX 将允许您选择计算机要使用的安全级别。说的直白一点，如果计算机将包含关键数据，或者将直接暴露于 Internet\n"
+"之下，则应该设置较高的安全级别。较高的安全级别通常以损失易用性作为代价。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您不知道要选择什么，请保持默认选项。您可以稍后从 Mandrake Control Center 中通过 draksec 来更改安全级别。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"域可以告知系统哪位用户要负责本机的安全。安全信息将被发送到该地址。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
+"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
+"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
+"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
+"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if\n"
+"necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
+"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
+"correct.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
+"change it if necessary.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
+"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
+"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
+"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
+"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
+"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
+"another driver.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
+"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
+"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
+"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
+"configure it manually.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
+"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
+"card.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
+"now.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
+"previous step ().\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
+"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
+"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
+"firewall settings.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
+"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
+"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
+"idea to review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+"作为概览，DrakX\n"
+"将会将它所发现的关于系统的信息概览显示出来。根据您所安装的硬件不同，您可能会看到以下各项的部分或全部。每项由几个可配置的条目组成，而每个条目后面都列出了当前配置的概览。单击相应的\"%s\"按钮可进行更改。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：检查当前的键盘映射配置，如果需要的话进行更改。\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：检查当前的国家选择。如果您并非在这个国家，请单击\"%s\"按钮，并选择另外的选项。如果您的国家在第一个列表中并没有显示出来，单击\"%s\"按钮可获得完整的国家列表。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：默认情况下，DrakX 会根据您所选的国家猜测您的时区。如果时区不对的话，您可以单击此处的\"%s\"按钮。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：检查当前的鼠标配置，如果需要的话单击按钮进行修改。\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：单击\"%s\"按钮将打开打印机配置向导。请参看``初学者指南''中的相应章节，其中详细描述了如何设置新打印机。那里给出的界面与安装时所用的界面大体相同。\n"
+"\n"
+" *\n"
+"\"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了声卡，则会在此处显示。如果您发现在此显示的声卡与您系统中实际安装的声卡并不相同，您可以单击该按钮选择其它驱动程序。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：默认情况下，DrakX 会将您的图形界面配置为 \"800x600\" 或 \"1024x768\"\n"
+"分辨率。如果这不适合您的话，请单击\"%s\"重新配置您的图形界面。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了电视卡，则会在此显示。如果您安装了电视卡，但并未被正确检测到，请单击\"%s\"尝试手动进行配置。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果在您的系统中检测到了 ISDN 卡，则会在此显示。您可以单击\"%s\"选择与该卡关联的参数。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：看您是否现在就要配置您的 Internet 或局域网访问。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：此项允许您重新调整安全级别，与以前的步骤完全相同()。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您计划将您的计算机连接到\n"
+"Internet，那么保护您的计算机免于攻击的有效方法就是设置防火墙。请参考``初学者指南''中的相应章节，以获得关于防火墙设置的细节。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您想要更改您的引导程序配置，请单击该按钮。这仅适用于高级用户保留。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：在此您可以精确调整要在您的计算机上运行哪些服务。如果您要将此计算机用作服务器，那么应该复查这一设置。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"In the situation where different servers are available for your card, with\n"
+"or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that best\n"
+"suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器，为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速，您应该在这里选择符合您需要的服务器。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
+"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
+"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
+"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
+"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
+"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
+"\n"
+"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
+"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
+"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
+"mouse up and down.\n"
+"\n"
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
+"from the list provided.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
+"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
+"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
+"go back to the list of choices.\n"
+"\n"
+"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
+"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
+"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
+"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
+"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
+"mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"通常情况下，DrakX\n"
+"能够正确检测到您的鼠标有几个按键。如果检测不正确的话，就会假定您有一个两键鼠标，并配置为模拟第三键。用两键鼠标``模拟按下''第三键的方法是，同时按下左右键。DrakX\n"
+"会自动确定您的鼠标所使用的端口，是 PS/2，是串口，还是 USB 接口。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您的三键鼠标没有滚轮，您可以选择\"%s\"类型的鼠标。DrakX 就会配置您的鼠标来模拟滚轮：只需按下中键，然后上下移动鼠标。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果因为某些原因，您希望指定不同类型的鼠标，请从提供的列表中进行选择。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您选择了不同于默认类型的鼠标，会出现一个测试屏幕。请用您鼠标的按键和滚轮来验证设置是否正确，鼠标是否工作正常。如果鼠标工作不正常，请按空格键或\n"
+"[Enter] 键取消测试，返回到可供选择的列表中。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"滚轮鼠标有时可能无法自动检测，所以您可能需要从列表中进行选择。请确定您选对了鼠标所连接的端口。选择鼠标后，单击\"%s\"按钮，会在屏幕上出现鼠标图像。试着滚动滚轮，以确保滚轮可以正常激活。您在滚动鼠标滚轮的同时应该看到屏幕上的滚轮也在滚动，按键和鼠标指针的移动也应该和鼠标的操作保持一致。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
+"covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
+"terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
+"will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"在继续之前，您应该仔细阅读许可协议的条款。该许可适用于整个 Mandrake Linux\n"
+"发行版。如果您同意其中的全部条款，请选中\"%s\"框。如果不同意，单击\"%s\"按钮将重新启动您的计算机。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Graphic Card\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
+"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
+"\n"
+"   In the situation where different servers are available for your card,\n"
+"with or without 3D acceleration, you are asked to choose the server that\n"
+"best suits your needs."
+msgstr ""
+"显示卡\n"
+"\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示卡。如果不幸您的显示卡未被检测出来，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示卡。\n"
+"\n"
+"   如果您的显示卡支持不同的服务器，为了选择是否要启用 3D 加速，您应该在这里选择符合您需要的服务器。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
+"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
+"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
+"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
+"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
+"button will take you to the next step.\n"
+"\n"
+"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
+"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
+"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
+"\n"
+"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
+"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
+"\n"
+"About Winmodem Connection. Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems\n"
+"that require additional software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of\n"
+"those modems actually work under Mandrake Linux, some others do not. You\n"
+"can consult the list of supported modems at LinModems.\n"
+"\n"
+"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
+"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
+"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
+msgstr ""
+"现在您可以设置您的 Internet/局域网连接。如果您希望把您的电脑连接到 Internet 或者局域网，请单击\"%s\"。Mandrake\n"
+"Linux 会尝试自动检测网络设备和调制解调器。如果检测失败，请清除\n"
+"\"%s\"框然后再试一次。您也可以不配置网络，或者以后再进行这一步骤，这时请按\"%s\"按钮跳过这一步。\n"
+"\n"
+"在进行网络配置的过程中，目前支持的连接方式有：普通调制解调器连接，软猫连接，ISDN 调制解调器，ADSL\n"
+"连接，有线电视调制解调器，以及最简单的LAN 连接(以太网)。\n"
+"\n"
+"我们不在这里详细讨论每种连接方式 - 只要保证您从您的互联网服务商或者系统管理员那里得到了所有必要的参数即可，其中可能包括 IP\n"
+"地址、默认网关、DNS 服务器等参数。\n"
+"\n"
+"关于软猫连接。软猫是特殊的集成性低端调制解调器，需要额外的软件才能像普通调制解调器那样工作。这些调制解调器的其中一些可以在 Mandrake\n"
+"Linux 下工作，而其他一些不行。您可以在 LinModems 上找到所支持的软猫列表。\n"
+"\n"
+"您可以参阅 ``初学者指南'' 中关于 Internet 连接配置的详细内容，或者只是等到系统安装完了，使用那里描述的程序配置您的连接。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
+"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
+"time.\n"
+"\n"
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
+"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
+"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
+"\n"
+"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
+"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
+"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
+"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
+"!!"
+msgstr ""
+"此对话框可让您选择启动时要启动哪些服务。\n"
+"\n"
+"DrakX 将会列出本次安装所有可用的服务。请仔细检查，并且去掉那些在启动时不总需要的服务。\n"
+"\n"
+"移动您的鼠标到选项上面会弹出帮助提示，解释这个服务的作用。不过，如果您不确定某一个服务到底是否需要，还是保留默认设置会比较安全。\n"
+"\n"
+"!!\n"
+"如果您的机器将作为服务器，在这一步请格外小心：请不要启动任何您不需要的服务。请不要忘了，某些服务对服务器有潜在的危险。通常，只选择您确实要使用的那些服务。\n"
+"!!"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Monitor\n"
+"\n"
+"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
+"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
+"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"显示器\n"
+"\n"
+"   安装程序通常可以自动检测并配置连接到计算机上的显示器。如果不幸您的显示器未被检测出来，您可以在此列表中选择您所实际使用的显示器。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
+"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
+"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
+"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
+"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
+"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
+"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
+"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
+"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
+"other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+"GNU/Linux 以 GMT (格林威治标准时)管理时间，并根据您所选的时区将其翻译为本地时间。如果您主板上的时钟设定为本地时间，您应当关闭\n"
+"\"%s\"，这将会让 GNU/Linux 知道系统始终和硬件时钟在同一时区。如果本计算机仍然运行其它操作系统，如\n"
+"Windows，则此设置将十分有用。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"选项将连接到 Internet 上的远程时间服务器自动校准时间。要让此特性正常工作，您必须连接到\n"
+"Internet。最好选择地理位置离您较近的时间服务器。此选项还会自动安装时间服务器，这样您局域网中的其它计算机都能够进行自动校时了。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
+"You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
+"common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
+"root partition (\"/\"). Do not choose too small a partition or you will not\n"
+"be able to install enough software. If you want to store your data on a\n"
+"separate partition, you will also need to create a \"/home\" partition\n"
+"(only possible if you have more than one Linux partition available).\n"
+"\n"
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Name\", \"Capacity\".\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard drive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
+"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". For IDE\n"
+"hard drives:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
+"\n"
+"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
+"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc."
+msgstr ""
+"在此列出了您硬盘上已有的 Linux\n"
+"分区。您可以保留向导所作的选择，因为对于大多数安装来说这一选择是较好的。如果您想要进行更改的话，您必须至少定义一个根分区(\"/\")。不要选择太小的分区，否则您可能无法安装足够的软件。如果您想要将您的数据存放在单独的分区中，您还需要创建一个\n"
+"\"/home\" 分区(仅当您有多于一个 Linux 分区时才可用)。\n"
+"\n"
+"每个分区都按下列格式列出：\"名称\"，\"容量\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"名称\"结构为：\"硬盘类型\"，\"硬盘编号\"，\"分区编号\"(例如，\"hda1\")。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"硬盘类型\"取决于硬盘的接口方式。如您的硬盘是 IDE 硬盘，则\"硬盘类型\"就为\"hd\"；若硬盘为 SCSI 硬盘，就为\"sd\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"硬盘编号\"就是在\"hd\"或\"sd\"后面的那个字母。对于IDE硬盘：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"a\"意味着\"主 IDE 控制器的主硬盘\"；\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"b\"意味着\"主 IDE 控制器的从硬盘\"；\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"c\"意味着\"从 IDE 控制器的主硬盘\"；\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"d\"意味着\"从IDE控制器的从硬盘\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"对于 SCSI 硬盘，\"a\"意味着\"最低的 SCSI ID\"，\"b\"意味着\"第二低的 SCSI ID\"，依此类推。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
+"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
+"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
+"country list."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"：检查当前的国家选择。如果您并非在这个国家，请单击\"%s\"按钮，并选择另外的选项。如果您的国家在第一个列表中并没有显示出来，单击\"%s\"按钮可获得完整的国家列表。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
+"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
+"\n"
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
+"partitions as well.\n"
+"\n"
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
+"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
+"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
+"\"/home\").\n"
+"\n"
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
+"it.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format the partitions.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
+"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
+"bad blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+"任何新定义的分区必须在使用之前先格式化(格式化意味着创建文件系统)。\n"
+"\n"
+"此时，您可能想要先格式化某些已有分区，以便删除这些分区的全部数据。如果您希望这么做的话，请同时选中这些分区。\n"
+"\n"
+"请注意，没有必要重新格式化已有的全部分区。您必须重新格式化包含操作系统的分区(比如 \"/\"，\"/usr\" 或\n"
+"\"/var\")，而无需重新格式化包含您想要保留的数据的分区(典型的如 \"/home\")。\n"
+"\n"
+"请在选择分区时额外小心。格式化后，选中分区的全部数据都将被删除，您也无法进行恢复。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您准备好格式化分区了，请单击 \"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您想要选择其它分区用于安装 Mandrake Linux 操作系统，请单击\"%s\"。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您想要选择要检测磁盘上的坏块，请单击单击\"%s\"。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
+"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check that the\n"
+"selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
+"\n"
+"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
+"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
+"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
+"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
+"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
+"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
+"\n"
+"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
+"supported keyboards.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+"根据您在一节中所选择的语言，DrakX 将会自动选择特定类型的键盘配置。请检查列出的选项是否适合您，若不适合请选择其它键盘布局。\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"当然，可能您使用的语言与键盘并不相同：例如，您是说英语的瑞典本土人，但正在用瑞士键盘。或者，如果您说英语但住在魁北克，您可能也会遇到您的母语和所使用的键盘并不匹配的情况。不管是哪种情况，您都可以在这一步骤从列表种选择相应的键盘。\n"
+"\n"
+"单击\"%s\"按钮可显示所支持键盘的完整列表。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您选择了基于非拉丁字符集的键盘布局，下个对话框将允许您选择用于切换拉丁和非拉丁布局之间的组合键。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
+"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
+"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
+"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
+"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
+"\n"
+"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
+"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
+"the installation you just configured.\n"
+"\n"
+"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
+"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
+"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
+"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
+"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
+"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
+"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<."
+msgstr ""
+"现在安装已经完成，您的 GNU/Linux 系统已经可以使用了。只需单击\"%s\"就可重新启动系统。别忘了取出安装介质(CD-ROM\n"
+"或软盘)。在计算机完成硬件测试后，您所看到的第一个系统自检完后的屏幕就是引导菜单，您可以从中选择要启动哪个操作系统。\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"按钮显示了两个额外的按钮，可：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：创建一张安装软盘。该软盘可在无人值守的情况下，按照您刚才的设置重新安装一个类似的系统。\n"
+"\n"
+"   请注意，单击按钮后会出现两个不同的选项：\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\"。 半自动安装。只有分区部分是交互的。\n"
+"\n"
+"    * \"%s\"。 全自动安装：硬盘会被完全重写，所有数据都将丢失。\n"
+"\n"
+"   如果有一大批相同的机器要安装，这个功能非常方便。请参考我们网站上的自动安装一节中的更多信息。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\":把您刚才选择的软件包记录在软盘上。要使用本次的安装包执行另外一次安装，请插入软盘然后开始安装。出现提示的时候，按 [F1]\n"
+"键，输入 >>linux defcfg=\"floppy\" <<。"
+
+# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
+# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/zh_cn/drakx-chapter.xml
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
+"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
+"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
+"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
+"partitions must be defined.\n"
+"\n"
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
+"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
+"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
+"\n"
+"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
+"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
+"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
+"perform this step.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
+"floppy disk.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
+"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
+"work.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
+"originally on the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
+"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
+"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
+"partitioning.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
+"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
+"save your changes back to disk.\n"
+"\n"
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
+"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
+"\n"
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
+"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
+"\n"
+"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
+"\n"
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
+"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
+"\n"
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
+"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
+"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
+"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+"在这一步中，您需要选择要使用哪个或哪些分区来安装您的 Mandrake Linux 系统。如果已经定义了分区，不管是先前安装的 GNU/Linux\n"
+"还是由其它分区工具划分的，您都可以使用已有的分区。否则，必须对硬盘分区进行定义。\n"
+"\n"
+"要创建分区，您必须先选择硬盘。您可以单击 ``hda'' 选择第一个 IDE 硬盘进行分区，``hdb'' 选择第二个 IDE 硬盘，``sda''\n"
+"选择第一个 SCSI 驱动器，依此类推。\n"
+"\n"
+"为了对选中硬盘进行分区，您需要使用这些选项：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：此选项将删除选中硬盘上的全部分区\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：此选项可在您硬盘的剩余空间中为您自动创建 ext3 和交换分区\n"
+"\n"
+"\"%s\"：使您可以访问额外特性：\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：将分区表保存到软盘。如果需要的话，稍后可进行分区表修复。强烈推荐您执行这一步骤。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：允许您恢复先前保存在软盘上的分区表。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您的分区表已损坏，您可以使用此选项尝试修复。请额外小心，并记住这一选项并不总是能够帮助您。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：忽略全部更改并重新装入硬盘上的原始分区表。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：取消此选项将强迫用户手动挂载类似软盘和 CD-ROM 的可移动介质。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：如果您想要使用向导对您的营盘进行分区，则使用此选项。如果您对分区理解不深的话，推荐您使用此选项。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：使用此选项取消您的更改。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：允许对分区进行额外的操作(类型、选项、格式化)，并给出关于硬盘的额外信息。\n"
+"\n"
+" * \"%s\"：当您完成对硬盘的分区后，此选项将把您的更改回存到硬盘。\n"
+"\n"
+"定义分区大小时，您可以使用键盘上的光标键对分区大小进行调整。\n"
+"\n"
+"注意：您可以使用键盘访问任何选项。可以使用 [Tab] 和 [上/下]光标键来切换分区。\n"
+"\n"
+"选中分区后，您可以用：\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+C 创建新分区(如果选中了空分区)\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+D 删除分区\n"
+"\n"
+" * Ctrl+M 设定挂载点\n"
+"\n"
+"要的关于不同的文件系统类型的更多信息，请查看 ``参考手册''中 ext2FS 一章。\n"
+"\n"
+"如果您在 PPC 计算机上安装，您可能需要创建至少 1MB 大小的 HFS ``bootstrap'' 分区，该分区将用于 yaboot\n"
+"引导程序。如果您创建的分区再稍微大点，比如说 50MB，您可能会发现这个分区可用来存储内核或紧急引导时的虚拟磁盘映像。"
+